Cop Alfa Giulietta GB:Alfa 159 cop. LUM GB

11-01-2012

16:41

Pagina 1

ENGLISHOWNER HANDBOOK

Alfa Services

Alfawiki.nl

Cop Alfa Giulietta GB:Alfa 159 cop. LUM GB

11-01-2012

16:41

Pagina 2

WHY CHOOSINGGENUINE PARTS

We really know your car because we invented, designed and built it: we really know every single detail.
At Alfa Romeo Service authorised workshops you can find technicians directly trained by us,
offering quality and professionalism for all service operations.
Alfa Romeo workshops are always close to you for the regular servicing operations, season checks
and practical recommendations by our experts.
With Alfa Romeo Genuine Parts you keep the reliability, comfort and performance featuresof your new car unchanged in time: that's why you bought it for.
Always ask for Genuine Parts for the components used on our cars; we recommend them because
they come from our steady commitment in research and development of highly innovative technologies.
For all these reasons: rely on Genuine Parts, because they are the only ones
designed by Alfa Romeo for your car.

SAFETY:BRAKING SYSTEMENVIRONMENT: PARTICULATE FILTERS,
CLIMATE CONTROL MAINTENANCE

Alfawiki.nl

COMFORT: SUSPENSION
AND WINDSCREEN WIPERSPERFORMANCE: SPARK PLUGS,INJECTORS AND BATTERIESLINEACCESSORIROOF RACK BARS, WHEEL RIMS

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 1

Alfawiki.nl

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

10-01-2012

10:15

Pagina 2

Alfawiki.nl

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 1

Dear Customer,
Congratulations on your purchase and thank you for choosing Alfa Romeo.
We have written this handbook to help you get the most out of your new car.
Please read it all the way through before taking your car on the road for the first time.
Here you will find information, tips and important warnings regarding use of your car and how to achieve the best performance fromthe technological features of your Alfa Romeo.
The booklet also provides a description of special features as well as tips and essential information for the correct care and maintenance of your Alfa Romeo and safe driving tips.
Please read the warnings and indications at the bottom; these are marked with the following symbols:
personal safety
car’s wellbeing
environmental protection.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Alfa Romeo offers to its Customers:– the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity– the range of additional services available to Alfa Romeo Customers.
We are confident that these instructions will help you become familiar with your new car and the Alfa Romeo after-sales staff who will
be at your service.
Enjoy the read. Happy motoring!

This Owner Handbook describes all versions of Alfa Giulietta; please consider only the information
relevant to your version, engine and configuration.
The data in this publication is provided by way of example. Fiat Group Automobiles can modify
the specifications of the model described in thisAlfawiki.nl
publication at any time, for technical or marketing
purposes. For further information, contact an Alfa Romeo Authorised Service Provider.

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 2

READ THIS CAREFULLY
ELECTRIC ACCESSORIESREFUELLING

K

after having purchased your car you decide to add
쇵 Ifaccessories
requiring electricity (that may otherwise

Petrol engines: refuel with unleaded petrol with anoctane rating (RON) of 95 or higher only.
Diesel engines: refuel with diesel fuel compliant with
European specification EN590 only. The use of other products or
mixtures may damage the engine beyond repair and consequently
invalidate the warranty, depending on the damage caused.

cause the battery to gradually lose power), pleasecontact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. They cancalculate the overall electric requirement and check thatthe car’s electric system can support the required load

CODE CARD (for versions/markets where provided)

STARTING THE ENGINE

Keep this in a safe place, not in the car. We recommendthat you always carry the electronic code provided on
the CODE card with you, in case you need to perform
an emergency start.

Petrol engines : make sure that the handbrake isengaged, set the gearshift lever to neutral, fully depress the
clutch without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key
to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
Diesel engines: turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the Y
and m warning lights to turn off; turn the key to AVV and release it
as soon as the engine starts.

SCHEDULED SERVICING

Correct car maintenance is essential to ensure that theperformance, safety features, environmental
friendliness and low running costs stay in tip-top
condition over the years.

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

operation. Do not park the car on grass, dry during
leaves, pine needles or other flammable material: fire
The catalytic converter reaches high temperatures

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

hazard.

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

The car is fitted with a system that carries out acontinuous diagnosis of the emission-related components
in order to help protect the environment.

Alfawiki.nl... information, tips and important warnings on thecorrect use and maintenance of your car over time. Pay
special attention to the symbols " (personal safety)# (environmental protection) â (car integrity).

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 3

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARDASHBOARD
The presence and position of the controls, the instruments and the indicators may vary according to the versions.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

fig. 1

A0K0074m

1. Fixed vent for sending air to side windows - 2. Adjustable air vent - 3. External light control stalk - 4. Instrument panel 5. Windscreen wiper/rear screen wiper/trip computer stalk - 6. Upper adjustable vents - 7. Radio navigator display (for versions/markets, where
provided) - 8. Hazard lights - 9. Passenger front air bag - 10. Glove box - 11. Central adjustable air vents - 12. Radio (for versions/markets,
where provided) - 13. Heating/ventilation/air conditioning controls - 14. Gear shifting stick - 15. “Alfa DNA” system - 16. Control buttons: fog
lights/rear fog lights, Start&Stop system (for versions/markets, where provided), door lock/unlock, AFS light on/off (for versions/markets, where
provided) -17. Ignition device - 18. Driver’s front air bag - 19. Cruise Alfawiki.nl
Control stalk (for versions/markets, where provided) - 20. Headlight alignment corrector (for versions/markets, where provided) and Set Up Menu access button.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

3

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 4

CONTROL PANEL AND INSTRUMENTS

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY
A0K0002m

fig. 2SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

VERSIONS WITH MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAYTECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

A
B
C
D
E

Speedometer (speed indicator)
Multifunction display
Rev counter
Fuel gauge with reserve warning light
Engine coolant temperature gauge with overheating warning lightm c Warning lights present on diesel versions only On diesel versions, the end of scale for the rev counter is 6000 rpm

CONTENTSIMPORTANT Instrument panel graphics lighting may vary according to the versions.

Alfawiki.nl
4001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 5

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY
A0K0001m

fig. 3

VERSIONS WITH RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

A
B
C
D
E

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

Speedometer (speed indicator)
Reconfigurable multifunction display
Rev counter
Fuel gauge with reserve warning light
Engine coolant temperature gauge with overheating warning lightm c Warning lights present on diesel versions only On diesel versions, the end of scale for the rev counter is 6000 rpm
IMPORTANT Instrument panel graphics lighting may vary according to the versions.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
5001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 6

SPEEDOMETER (SPEED INDICATOR)INSTRUMENT PANEL WARNING LIGHTSThis shows the speed of the car.

General warnings

REV COUNTER

The warning lights come on in conjunction with a dedicated message and/or a buzzer where appropriate. These indications arebrief and precautionary and as such must not be considered as
exhaustive and/or alternative to the information contained in the
Owner’s Handbook, which you are recommended to read carefully in all cases. Always refer to the information in this chapter in theevent of a failure signal.

This indicates the engine rpm.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSFUEL LEVEL GAUGEThis shows the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
0 - tank empty.
1 - tank full
The warning light in the gauge lights up when there are only 8 to
10 litres of fuel remaining in the tank; refuel at the earliest opportunity.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant. The
warning light on the indicator lights up to indicate an increase incoolant temperature; in the event of this happening, switch off theengine and contact an Alfa Romeo Authorised Service Provider.

x

Low brake fluid level (red)When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the warning
light turns on but should go off after a few seconds.
The warning light (or symbol on the display) comes onwhen the level of the brake fluid in the reservoir falls below theminimum level due to possible leaks in the circuit.
A specific message will be shown on the display.
Handbrake on (red)When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the warning light turns
on but should go off after a few seconds. The warning light (orsymbol on the display) comes on when the handbrake is on. If
the car is moving a buzzer is also triggered.
IMPORTANT If the warning light comes on with the vehicle in motion, check that the handbrake is not engaged.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
6001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

x>9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 7

EBD fault
Warning lights x (red) and > light up at the sametime with the engine running to indicate an EBD system fault or that the system is not available. Early
locking of the rear wheels may occur in the event of
sharp braking, causing the car to swerve. Under thesecircumstances drive with extreme caution straight tothe nearest Alfa Romeo Authorised Service Provider
to have the system checked. A specific message appears on the display.

dBrake pads worn (amber)(for versions/markets, where provided)

The warning light (or symbol on the display) switches on when the front and rear brake pads show signs
of wear; under these circumstances have them replaced as soon as
possible. The display will show the dedicated message.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

ABS system fault (amber)

When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the warning> light
turns on but should go off after a few seconds.
The warning light (or symbol on the display) lights up to
indicate a system fault. Under these circumstances, the braking system will work as normal but without the extra performance offeredby the ABS system. Drive with caution and visit an Alfa Romeo
Authorised Service Provider at your earliest convenience. A specific message appears on the display.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
7001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR¬

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 8

Air bag fault (red)Turning the key to the MAR position illuminates the warning light, but it should switch off after a few seconds.
The warning light stays on constantly if there is a fault in
the air bag system. A specific message appears on the display.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSThe “ warning light comes on when the front passenger’s air bag and side bag are deactivated. With front
passenger air bag on, when the ignition key is turned to MAR,the “ warning light comes on steadily for several seconds, it flashes for another few seconds and then it should go out.

If the warning light ¬ does not come on when the
key is turned to MAR or if it stays on with the car
in motion (together with the message on the display) there could be a fault in the restraint systems; under these circumstances, the air bags or pretensioners may
not be deployed in the event of an impact or, more rarely,
they could be deployed accidentally. Contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services immediately to have the system
checked.

Fault of the warning light ¬ is indicated by thewarning light “ (passenger air bag off) flashingfor longer than the normal 4 seconds. In addition,
the air bag system automatically disables the air bagson the passenger’s side (both front and side air bags, forversions/markets, where provided). In this case, warning
light ¬ may not indicate that there is a fault in the restraint systems. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
immediately to have the system checked.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
8“

Passenger air bag/side bags off(amber)Fault of the warning light “ is indicated by warning light ¬ coming on. In addition, the air bag system automatically deactivates the air bags on passenger side (both front and side air bags, for versions/markets, where provided). Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services immediately to have the system checked.

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd<

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 9

Low battery charge (red)(for versions/markets where provided)

Seat belt reminder (red)(for versions/markets where provided)

The warning light remains on steadily with the car atstationary and the driver’s seat belt not correctly fastened.
The warning light will flash and a buzzer will sound if the vehicle
is in motion and the front seat belts are not correctly fastened.
Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services if you wish to permanently
deactivate the S.B.R. (Seat Belt Reminder) system buzzer.
The system can be reactivated using the setup Menu.

w The warning light comes on when the ignition key is GETTINGTO KNOW
turned to MAR, but it should go out as soon as the engine has started (with the engine running at idle speed a brief delay before going out is acceptable).
Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services if the warning light (orsymbol on the display) remains only or blinks.

g

Dual Pinion active steering failure(red) (for versions/markets, where provided)

The warning light comes on when the ignition key isturned to MAR, but it should switch off after a few seconds. If the warning light (or symbol on the display) remains on,
you may not have steering assistance and the effort required to operate the steering wheel could be notably increased; steering is,however, possible. If this occurs, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services. The display will show a dedicated message.
IMPORTANT The steering system will need to be initialised after disconnecting the battery. A warning light will come on to indicate
this. Simply turn the steering wheel all the way to one end or simply drive on a straight line for a few hundred metres.

YOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
9001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYv

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 10

ON CONSTANTLY: Low engine oil pressure (red)FLASHING: Exhausted engine oil(for versions/markets, where provided - red)

When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the warning lightswitches on, but it should go out as soon as the engine is started.
1. Low engine oil pressure
The warning light turns on constantly along with a message on thedisplay (for versions/markets where provided) when the system
detects that engine oil pressure is low.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

If the warning light v turns on when the car istravelling (on some versions, together with themessage on the display), stop the car immediately and contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

After the initial warning, each time the engine is started up, thewarning light will continue to flash in the same ways as describedabove, until the oil is changed. A specific message will appear on
the display (for versions/markets where provided) in addition to
the warning light.
Flashing of the warning light is not a fault but indicates that theoil needs to be changed as a consequence of normal use.
Note that engine oil degrades faster under the following circumstances:❍ mainly urban use of the car , requiring more frequent regeneration of the DPF;
❍ use of the car for short drives, in which the engine does nothave time to reach its regular operating temperature❍ repeated interruptions to the regeneration process signalled by
the DPF warning light coming on.

2. Exhausted engine oil(for versions/markets, where provided)
The warning light comes on flashing and a specific message willappear on the display (for versions/markets where provided). The
warning light may flash in the following ways, depending on theversions:❍ for 1 minute every two hours;❍ for three minute cycles with the warning light off for intervalsof five seconds until oil is changed.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
10Exhausted engine oil should be replaced as soon
as possible after the warning light comes on, andnever more than 500 km after it first comes on.
Failure to comply with the instructions above may result
in severe damage to the engine and invalidate the warranty. Remember that the operation of this warning lightis not related to the amount of oil in the engine. Therefore, do not simply top up when the light starts flashing.

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

u9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 11

Hot engine coolant (red)When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the warning
light turns on but should go off after a few seconds.
The warning light turns on when the engine is overheated. A specific message will be shown on the display.
If the warning light comes on, proceed as follows:❍ when driving normally: stop the car, switch off the engine andcheck that the water level in the reservoir is not below the MIN
mark. If it is not, wait for a few minutes for the engine to cool
down then slowly and carefully open the cap, top-up with coolant
and check that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks.
Also visually check for leaks. If the warning light comes on again
at the next engine start-up, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
❍ if the car is used under demanding conditions (e.g. towing trailers uphill or fully loaded): slow down and, if the light stays on,stop the car. Stop for two or three minutes with the engine running and slightly accelerated to assist better coolant circulation.
Then switch the engine off. Check correct fluid level as describedabove.
IMPORTANT On particularly demanding journeys, it is advisable tokeep the engine on and slightly accelerated for a few minutes before switching it off.

´

Door open (red)(for versions/markets, where provided)

The warning light (or symbol on the display) comeson when one or more doors or the boot are not perfectly
closed. An acoustic signal is activated with the doors open andthe car moving. On some versions, the warning light (or symbolon the display) also lights up when the bonnet is not perfectly
closed.

EOBD/injection system fault (amber)

U Under normal conditions, the warning light comes onwhen the ignition key is turned to MAR, but should
go off as soon as the engine is started.
If the warning light remains on or comes on whilst driving, thatmeans that the injection system is not working properly; in particular, if the warning light comes on constantly, this indicates a malfunction in the supply/ignition system that could cause excessive
exhaust emissions, a possible loss of performance, poor driveability and high fuel consumption.
A specific message is displayed on certain versions.
Under these conditions, you can continue travelling at moderate
speed without demanding excessive effort from the engine. Prolonged use of the car with the warning light on may cause damage. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon as possible.
The warning light goes out after the fault disappears, but the indication is stored in the system.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
11001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 12

NOTE (petrol engines only)

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYIf the warning light is flashing, this indicates that the catalytic
converter may be damaged.
If the warning light comes on intermittently, release the accelerator pedal to lower the speed of the engine until the warning lightstops flashing; continue the journey at moderate speed, trying to
avoid driving conditions that may cause further flashing and contact
an Alfa Romeo Authorised Service Provider as soon as possible.

á

VDC system (amber)(for versions/markets, where provided)

When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the warning
light turns on but should go off after a few seconds. If
the warning light does not go out, or if it remains lit up when driving, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. A specific message
is displayed on certain versions. The warning light will flash whiledriving to indicate that the VDC system is intervening.
ASR fault

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon as
possible if the U warning light does not light up
or if, while travelling, the warning light comes oneither fixed or blinking (in combination with a message
on the display on some versions). The operation of the U
warning light may be checked by traffic police using appropriate equipment. Follow the laws in force in the country where you are driving.

When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the warning light turns
on but should go off after a few seconds. If the warning light does
not go out, or if it remains lit up when driving, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services. A specific message is displayed on certain versions. The warning light will flash while driving to indicate that
the ASR system is intervening.
Hill Holder fault
This warning light comes on, on some versions together with the* symbol and a message in the display, in the event of a Hill Holder system fault. In this case, contact your nearest Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
12001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Y

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 13

Alfa Romeo CODE fault/
alarm fault (amber)(for versions/markets, where provided)

Water in fuel filterc (diesel versions) (amber)

The warning light (or symbol on the display) will comeon (on some versions, with a message on the display) to indicate
an Alfa Romeo CODE system or alarm fault(for versions/markets,
where provided): In this case, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
Break-in attempt
If this warning light flashes or, on some versions, if the symbol
appears in the display (together with the associated message) thisindicates a break-in attempt. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon as possible.

m

Glow plug preheating(diesel versions) (amber)

The warning light remains on constantly when driving(together with a message in the display), to indicate thepresence of water in the diesel fuel filter.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYThe presence of water in the fuel system circuit may
cause severe damage to the injection system andirregular engine operation. If the c warning lightcomes on in the instrument panel (together with a message in the display) contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon as possible to bleed the system. Water may
have entered the tank if this appears immediately after
refuelling: if this happens, switch the engine off immediately and contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

When the key is turned to MAR, the warning lightcomes on and it will go out when glow plugs reach thepreset temperature. THE engine may be started immediately after the warning light goes out.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

IMPORTANT In mild or high temperature conditions, the warning
light comes on for a very short time only.

(diesel versions)

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

The warning light will flash (a message in the display will appear
on the display, on some versions) to indicate a fault in the glow
plugs preheating system. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
as soon as possible to eliminate the fault.

CONTENTS

Glow plugs preheating fault

Alfawiki.nl
13

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

K

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 14

Fuel reserve – Limited range (amber)This warning light comes on when about 8 to 10 litresof fuel are left in the tank. A warning message will appear on the display (some versions only) when the remaining range less than approximately 50 km (or equivalent inmiles).

SAFETYIf the warning light flashes with the car in motion,
contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCEÜhWhen the ignition key is turned to MAR, the warning lightturns on but should go off after a few seconds. The warning lightstays on constantly to notify the driver that the DPF system needs
to eliminate captured pollutants (particulate) by the regeneration
process.
The warning light does not come on during every DPF regeneration, but only when driving conditions require notification to the driver. The warning light will go off if the car stays in motion until
regeneration has been completed.
The process normally takes about 15 minutes. Optimal conditions
for completing the process are achieved by travelling at 60 km/h
with engine revs above 2000 rpm.

Cruise Control (green)(for versions/markets, where provided)

The warning light comes on when the key is turned toMAR, but should go out after a few seconds if the Cruise
Control function is off. The warning light comes on when the Cruise
Control wheel is turned to the ON position (see the “Cruise Control” paragraph in this chapter). A specific message appears on thedisplay.

Operation of this warning light does not indicate a fault and the cardoes not need to be taken to a workshop. A specific message willappear on the display when the warning light comes on (for versions/markets where provided).

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
14

DPF (particulate trap) cleaning inprogress (diesel versions with DPFonly) (amber)

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 15

è

Always drive at a speed appropriate to the traffic
conditions, the weather and the laws in force. The
engine may be turned off while the DPF light is on;
however, repeated interruption of the regeneration process
may result in premature degradation of the engine oil.
For this reason, it is always advisable to wait for the lightto go off before turning off the engine, following the instructions appearing above. It is not a good idea to complete DPF regeneration with the vehicle stationary.

Generic fault (amber)(for versions/markets, where provided)

The warning light turns on in the following circumstances:
Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon as possible to eliminate the fault.
Exterior lights fault

SAFETYSee the section on warning light 6.
Brake lights fault

X

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

See description in the “Brake lights fault” section.

Speed limit exceeded (red)(for versions/markets, where provided)

STARTING
AND DRIVING

Fuel cut-off

The warning light (for versions/markets where provided) comes on when the speed exceeds 120 km/h.
When the car exceeds the speed limit set in the setup Menu (e.g.
120 km/h), on some versions a message and a symbol are shownin the display and an acoustic signal is activated.

This warning light comes on when the fuel cut-off inertia switch is
triggered. A specific message will be shown on the display.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Start&Stop fault(for versions/markets, where provided)
The warning light comes on when a fault is detected in theStart&Stop system.
Rain sensor fault(for versions/markets where provided)
The warning light comes on when a rain sensor fault is detected.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
15

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 16

Parking sensor fault(for versions/markets where provided)4

See the section on warning light t.

Rear fog lights (amber)
The warning light comes on when the rear fog lights
are on. The LED over 4 button will also light up.

Rain sensor fault(for versions/markets where provided)

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

This warning light comes on when a dusk sensor fault is detected.

Fog lights (green)light comes on when the fog lights are
5 on.TheThewarning
LED over 5 button 5 will also light up.

AFS adaptive lights fault(for versions/markets, where provided)
The warning light comes on when an AFS adaptive light fault is detected (see “AFS adaptive lights” in this chapter). A specific message will be shown on the display.

Side lights (green)

IN AN
EMERGENCY

3 This warning light comes on when the side lights are

Anti-pinch system fault

turned on.

The warning light will come on when an anti-pinch system fault
is detected. A specific message will be shown on the display.

Follow me home (green)

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Engine oil pressure sensor fault
The warning light turns on when an engine oil pressure sensor fault
is detected. A specific message will be shown on the display.

The warning light comes on (in combination with a message on
the display) when this device is used (see “Follow me home device” in this chapter).

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
16

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 17

Dipped beam headlights (green)U
The warning light comes on when the dipped beam
2 headlights
are on.

Start&Stop system on/off(for versions/markets, where provided)

Start&Stop system fault

Main beam headlights (blue)

Turning the Start&Stop system on
A message will appear on the display when the Start&Stop system
is on. The LED on the T button on control panel in the dashboard(see “Start&Stop system” in this chapter) is off.

Left direction indicator (green)

Turning the Start&Stop off❍ Versions with multifunction display: a message will appear on
the display when the Start&Stop system is off.
❍ Versions with reconfigurable multifunction display: The T symbol and a message will appear on the display when theStart&Stop system is off.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

The LED on the T button will be on when the system is off.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

The warning light comes on when the main beam head1 lights
are on.

R

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

This warning light comes on when the direction indicator stalk is moved downwards or when the hazard
warning light button is pressed.

SAFETY

Start&Stop system fault

E

Right direction indicator (green)
The warning light comes on when the direction indicator stalk is moved upwards or when the hazard warning light button is pressed.

Symbol U (versions with multifunction display) or j (versions
with reconfigurable multifunction display) will flash to indicate aStart&Stop system fault. For versions/markets, where provided,a message is also displayed. In this case, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
17

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 18

Boot open

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYR

On some versions, a message + symbol on the display are shown when the boot is open.

On some versions the display will show a message +symbol if the fuel cut-off trips. For the fuel cut-off system reactivation procedure see paragraph “Fuel cut-off
system” in this chapter.

Bonnet open

S

On some versions, a message + symbol on the display
are shown when the bonnet is open.

W√

Possible presence of ice on the roadOn versions equipped with reconfigurable multifunction display, a message + symbol will appear when
the outdoor temperature falls to or below 3°C.
On versions with multifunctional display, only the message is shown.
IMPORTANT In the event of outdoor temperature sensor fault, dashes are shown on the display instead of the value.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

s

Exterior lights fault

On some versions, a message + symbol will appear
on the display if a fault is detected in one of the following lights:– daytime lights (DRL)– sidelights/taillights– direction indicators– rear fog lights– number plate lights.
The fault relating to these lights could be: one or more blown bulbs,
a blown protection fuse or a break in the electric connection.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
18

Fuel cut-off

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

T9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 19

Brake lights fault

On some versions, a message + symbol will appear on
the display if a brake light fault is detected. The fault may be caused
by a blown bulb, a blown protection fuse or an interruption of theelectric connection.

1

Rain sensor fault(for versions/markets where provided)

Drive mode display (“Alfa DNA” system)(for versions/markets, where provided)
On versions equipped with a reconfigurable multifunction display,a message + symbol associated with the selected driving mode “DYNAMIC”, “NORMAL” or “ALL WEATHER” - is shown. A warning message is shown on the display if one of these driving modes
is not available.
On versions equipped with multifunction display, a letter (d or a)associated with the selected driving mode is shown together witha dedicated message.

On some versions, a message + symbol will be shownon the display if a dusk sensor fault is detected.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

Rain sensor fault
u (forversions/markets where provided)
On some versions, a message + symbol will appear on
the display if a rain sensor fault is detected.

t

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

Parking sensor fault(for versions/markets where provided)

On some versions, a message + symbol will be shownon the display if a parking sensor fault is detected.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
19

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 20

DISPLAY

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY “STANDARD”
SCREEN fig. 6

The car may be equipped with a multifunction display/ multifunction reconfigurable display which, in accordance with the settings made, can display useful information when driving.
With the ignition key removed, the display lights up and shows thetime and total odometer reading (in km or miles) for a few seconds when a door is opened/closed.

The following information is shown on the display:
A. DateB. Odometer (distance covered in km or miles)
C. Driving mode selected using “Alfa DNA” (dynamic control system) (for versions/markets, where provided)– d = Dynamic– n = Normal– a = All Weather
D. Time (always displayed, even with the key extracted and thefront doors closed)
E Start&Stop function indicator (for versions/markets, where
provided)
F. Outside temperature
G Gear Shift Indicator (for versions/markets where provided)
H. Headlight alignment position (dipped headlamps on only)

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
20

fig. 6

A0K1222g

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 21

RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION“STANDARD” DISPLAY fig. 7
The following information is shown on the display:
A. TimeB. Trip meter (km or miles)
C. Odometer (display of distance travelled in kilometres/miles)
D. State indicator (e.g. doors open, ice on road, etc.)/Start&Stop
function indicator (for versions/markets, where provided)/Gear Shift Indicator (for versions/markets, where provided)
E. Headlamp alignment position (only with dipped headlampson).
F. Outside temperature

The turbocharger pressure will appear on some versions when
“DYNAMIC” driving mode is selected (see “Alfa DNA system” inthis chapter), fig. 8.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 7

A0K0005m

fig. 8

A0K0006m

21

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 22

GEAR SHIFT INDICATORGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARThe GSI system (Gear Shift Indicator) suggests to shift gear byshowing an indication on the control panel (see fig. 9).
Shifting when indicated by GSI will help the driver save fuel.
For fuel-effective driving, select Normal or All Weather mode andfollow the suggestions of the Gear Shift Indicator where possible.

SAFETY

When the SHIFT UP icon (N SHIFT) appears on the display, the
GSI is suggesting to select a higher gear and when the SHIFT DOWN(O SHIFT) icon it is suggesting that a lower gear should be selected.
NOTE The indication on the instrument panel stays on until thedriver shifts or until the driving conditions return to a situation inwhich shifting is not required to reduce consumption.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
22

fig. 9

A0K0050m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 23

WELCOME MOVEMENTCONTROL BUTTONS fig. 10

On some versions, the following occurs when the key is turned toMAR:❍ quick movement (up and down) of the speedometer and rpm
gauge;❍ illumination of graphic symbols/display;❍ an animated graphic representation of the vehicle profile appears on the display.

Ò ▲: To scroll up the screen and the menu options or increase thedisplayed value.
“SET ESC”: Briefly press to access the menu and/or go to the nextscreen or confirm your choice. Hold down to go backto the standard screen.
 ▼: To scroll down the screen and the menu options or decrease
the displayed value.

Gauge movement

IMPORTANT Buttons “Ò ▲“ and “ ▼“ activate different functions in the following situations:❍ to scroll the menu options upwards and downwards;❍ to increase or decrease values during settings.

❍ If the key is removed from the ignition switch whilst the gauges
are moving, they immediately return to their initial position.
❍ Once they have reached the end-of-scale values the gauges reston the value indicated by the car.
❍ The movement of the gauges stops when the engine is started.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

Illumination of graphic symbols/display
A few seconds after the key is inserted, the gauges, graphic symbols and display light up in sequence.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Graphic animation display
When the key is removed from the ignition switch (with the doors
closed), the display remains lit up and shows a graphic animation.
The display illumination is then dimmed gradually until it goesout completely.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 10

A0K0094m

23

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 24

SETUP MENUGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

The menu comprises a series of items which can be selected using the “Ò ▲“ and “ ▼“ buttons to access the different selection and setting operations illustrated in the following paragraphs.
Some items also have a sub-menu.
The menu can be activated by briefly pressing the SET ESC button.

The menu includes the following items:– MENU– SPEED BEEP
– HEADLIGHT SENSOR (for versions/markets, where provided)– RAIN SENSOR (for versions/markets where provided)– ON/TRIP B DATA– SET TIME– SET DATE
– FIRST PAGE (for versions/markets where provided)– SEE RADIO– AUTOCLOSE– MEASURES– LANGUAGE– ALERTS VOLUME– BUTTONS VOLUME– SEAT BELT REMINDER– SERVICE– PASSENGER AIR BAG– DAY LIGHTS– COURTESY LIGHTS– MENU EXIT
NOTE Some menu items are shown on the navigator display in models equipped with radio-navigation systems (for versions/markets,
where provided).

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
24

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 25

Selecting an option from the main
menu without a submenu:

Selecting an option from the main menu witha submenu:– briefly press SET ESC to select the main menu option you wish
to set;– repeatedly press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select the new setting;– press the SET ESC button to store the new setting and go backto the previous main menu option.

– press the SET ESC button to display the first submenu option;– repeatedly press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to scroll through all the submenu options;– briefly press the SET ESC button to select the displayed submenu
option and open the relevant setup menu;– repeatedly press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select the new settingof this submenu item;– briefly press the SET ESC button to store the new setting andgo back to the previous submenu option.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
25

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 26

MENU ITEMS
Menu
This item is used access the Setup Menu.
Press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select the various menu items.
Hold down the SET ESC button to return to the standard screen.
Speed warning (speed limit)
With this function is possible to set the car speed limit (km/h ormph); when this limit is exceeded the driver is alerted. To set thedesired speed limit, proceed as follows:– briefly press the SET ESC button: the display shows the words
Speed Beep;– press button “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ to activate (On) or deactivate(Off) the speed limit;– if the function is on, press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select the required speed limit and then press SET ESC to confirm;

IMPORTANT Setting is possible between 30 and 200 km/h, or 20
and 125 mph, according to the previously stored unit. See the“Measures” paragraph described below. The setting will increase/decrease by five units each time button Ò ▲/ ▼ ispressed. Hold down Ò ▲/ ▼ button to increase/decrease
the setting rapidly. Complete the setting by repeatedly pressing the
button when you approach the required value.
– briefly press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen
or hold the button to go back to the standard screen without saving.
To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:– briefly press the SET ESC button: ON flashes in the display;– press  ▼ button: OFF flashes in the display;– briefly press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen
or hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without saving.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
26

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 27

Headlight sensor (Automatic headlight/dusk
sensor sensitivity adjustment)(for versions/markets, where provided)

Rain sensor (sensitivity adjustment)(for versions/markets where provided)

This function is used to turn the headlights on or off according toexternal lighting conditions.
The dusk sensor sensitivity can be adjusted according to 3 levels(level 1= minimum sensitivity, level 2= average sensitivity, level3= maximum sensitivity); the greater the sensitivity set, the lessthe external light variation needed to control turning on the lights(e.g. with a setting on level 3 at sunset the headlights are expected
to come on in relation to levels1 and 2).
Proceed as follows to set:
– briefly press SET ESC: the previously set brightness level flashes in the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select;– briefly press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen
or hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without saving.

This function is used to adjust the rain sensor sensitivity to fourlevels.
To set the required sensitivity level, proceed as follows:– briefly press SET ESC button: the previously set sensitivity level
will flash on the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ to select;– press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen or
hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without
saving.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
27

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 28

On/Trip B data (trip B on)

Set time (Clock)With this function is possible to turn the Trip B display (trip meter) on and off. For more information see the “Trip computer” paragraph.
For activation/deactivation, proceed as follows:– briefly press the SET ESC button again: the display flashes On
or Off depending on what was previously set;
– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select;– briefly press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen
or hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without saving.

With this function is possible to set the clock through two submenus: “Time” and “Format”.
To carry out the adjustment, proceed as follows:– briefly press SET ESC button: the display shows the two submenus “Time” and “Format”;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ to go from one submenu to the next;– once you have selected a submenu, briefly press SET ESC;
- when accessing the “Time” submenu: brefly pressing SET ESC
button: the minutes flash in the “time” mode;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ to select;– brefly press SET ESC button: “the minutes” flash in the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ to select.
IMPORTANT The setting will increase or decrease by one unit eachtime “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ is pressed. Hold the button down to increase/decrease the setting rapidly. Complete the setting by repeatedly pressing the button when you approach the required setting.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
28

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 29– when accessing the “Format” submenu: briefly press button
SET ESC: the previously set display format will flash on the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select the “24h” or “12h” mode.
When you have made the required adjustments, briefly press SET
ESC button to go back to the submenu screen or hold the button
down to go back to the main menu screen without saving.
– press SET ESC button again to go back to the standard screen
or main menu, depending on which point in the menu you havereached.

Set date
With this function is possible to change the date (day - month year).
To update, proceed as follows:– briefly press SET ESC button: the “year” flashes on the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ button to select;– briefly press SET ESC: the “month” flashes on the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ to select;– briefly press SET ESC: the “day” flashes on the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ button to select.
IMPORTANT The setting will increase or decrease by one unit eachtime “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ button is pressed. Hold the button down
to increase/decrease the setting rapidly and automatically. Complete the setting by single pressing the button when you approach
the required value.
– press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen or
hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without
saving.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
29

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 30

First page (information display on home page)(for versions/markets, where provided)
This function is used to choose the information you would like to
see on the main screen. You can view the date or the trip meter.
To make your choice, proceed as follows:– briefly press SET ESC button: “First page” will appear on the display;– briefly press SET ESC button again to show the display options:“Date” and “Engine info”;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ button to select the information you
wish to see on the main page of the display;– briefly press SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen or
hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without
saving.
When the key is turned to MAR and the initial check stage is over,the display will show the information selected via the “First page”
menu function.

See radio (audio information display)
This function is used to shows information relating to the car radio on the display.
– Radio: selected radio station frequency or RDS message, automatic tuning activation or AutoSTore;– Audio CD, MP3 CDs: track number;– CD Changer: CD number and track number;
To show the car radio information on the display (on) or not (off),
proceed as follows:– briefly press the SET ESC button: the display flashes On or Off
depending on the previous setting;– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select;– briefly press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen
or hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without saving.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
30

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 31

Autoclose (Automatic door lock operation
with car running)

Measures (Setting the unit of measurement)

When activated (on), this function automatically locks the doors
when the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h.
Proceed as follows to switch this function on or off:
– briefly press the SET ESC button to display a submenu;– briefly press the SET ESC button again: the display flashes On
or Off depending on what was previously set;
– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ button to select;– briefly press SET ESC button to go back to the submenu screen
or hold the button down to go back to the main menu without
saving.
– hold down SET ESC again to go back to the standard screen or
main menu, depending on which point in the menu you havereached.

With this function is possible to set the unit of measurement inthree submenus: “Distance”, “Consumption” and “Temperature”.
To set the desired unit, proceed as follows:– briefly press SET ESC button to display the three submenus;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ button to go from one of the three submenus to the next;– once you have selected a submenu, briefly press SET ESC button;– if the submenu “Distances” is entered: by briefly pressing SET
ESC the display shows “km” or “mi” depending on the previous
setting;– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ button to select;– if the “Consumption” submenu is entered: by briefly pressing
SET ESC button the display shows “km/l”, “l/100km” or “mpg”
depending on the previous setting.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
31

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 32

If the distance unit set is “km”, you can set the fuel consumption
unit (km/l or l/100) to show the amount of fuel consumed.
If the distance unit is set to mi, fuel consumption is displayed in“mpg”.
– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select;– if the “Temperature” submenu is entered: by briefly pressing
SET ESC button the dispaly shows °C or °F depending on the previous setting;– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select;
When you have made the required adjustments, press SET ESC
button to go back to the submenu screen or hold the button down
to go back to the main menu screen without saving.
– hold down SET ESC button again to go back to the standard
screen or main menu, depending on which point in the menu you
have reached.

Language (Selecting the language)
Display messages can be shown in different languages: Italian,English, German, Portuguese, Spanish, French, Dutch, Turkish andBrazilian Portuguese.
To set the required language, proceed as follows:– briefly press SET ESC button: the previously set language flashes in the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select;– briefly press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen
or hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without saving.
Warnings volume (Adjusting thealert/warning acoustic signal volume)
With this function is possible to adjust (to eight levels) the volume of the acoustic signal which sounds in the event of alerts andwarning.
To set the desired volume, proceed as follows:– briefly press SET ESC button: the previously set volume level
flashes in the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or“ ▼“ to select;– briefly press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen
or hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without saving.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
32

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 33

Button volume (Button volume adjustment)

Service (Service schedule)

With this function it is possible to adjust (to eight levels) the volume of the acoustic signal sounding when the MENU SET button
is long pressed to exit a sub-menu and return to the standard menu.
To set the desired volume, proceed as follows:– briefly press the SET ESC button: the previously set volume level will be displayed;– press the button “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to adjust the volume; an
acoustic signal equal to the volume level being selected is sounded during this adjustment;– briefly press the SET ESC button to go back to the previous screen
or hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without saving.
On versions with reconfigurable multifunction display, the volumelevel is represented by bars.

With this function is possible to view information on servicing deadlines depending on kilometres travelled or daily intervals. The Service function also shows the interval (in kilometres or miles) before the next engine oil change is due.
This information can be consulted as follows:– briefly press the SET ESC button, which makes the display show
the service interval in km or mi according to the previous setting(see “Distance measures” paragraph); press the SET ESC button
to return to the menu screen or hold the button down to return tothe standard screen.

Belt reminder (Buzzer/reactivation for S.B.R.
signally) (for versions/markets, where provided)
This function will only be displayed after the S.B.R. system
has been deactivated by an Alfa Romeo Authorised Service Provider(see “S.B.R. system” in chapter 2).

IMPORTANT According to the “Planned Maintenance Programme”,
the car must be serviced every 30,000 km (1.4 petrol versions)or 35,000 km (1750 Turbo petrol and diesel versions). This message is displayed automatically when the key is turned to MAR,
from 2,000 km (or equivalent value in miles) when the next service is due and is displayed again every 200 km (or equivalentvalue in miles). Below 200 km the signals become more frequent.
The indication will appear in kilometres or miles depending on
the unit of measurement settings. When the next scheduled service is approaching and the key is turned to MAR, the word Service will appear on the display, followed by the number of kilometres or miles left. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services where
the “Planned Maintenance Programme” operations will be performed and the message will be reset.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
33

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 34

Front passenger air bag and side bag(Chest/pelvis protection)
Activation/Deactivation

Day Lights (DRL)This function is used to activate/deactivate the passenger air bag.
Proceed as follows:– press SET ESC and, after the message Bag pass: Off (to deactivate) or Bag pass On (to activate) is displayed by pressing“Ò ▲“ buttons and “ ▼“ , press SET ESC again;– the confirmation request message appears in the display;– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select Yes (confirming activation/deactivation) or No (to cancel);– briefly press SET ESC button to confirm the setting and go backto the menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without saving.

With this function is possible to turn the day lights on and off.
Proceed as follows to switch this function on or off:
– briefly press the SET ESC button to display a submenu;– briefly press the SET ESC button again: the display flashes On
or Off depending on what was previously set;
– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ button to select;– briefly press SET ESC button to go back to the submenu screen
or hold the button down to go back to the main menu without
saving.
– hold down SET ESC button again to go back to the standard
screen or main menu, depending on which point in the menu you
have reached.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
34

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 35

Courtesy lights(courtesy lights activation/desactivation)(for versions/markets, where provided)

Exit menuWith this function is possible to turn on the side lights, the number plate lights and the ceiling lights for approximately 25 seconds
when the doors or boot are opened using the remote control, withthe following exceptions:❍ interruption after 5 seconds after closing a door
❍ interruption after locking operation using the remote control❍ interruption following any operation using the remote control

This function closes the settings listed on the menu screen. Briefly
press SET ESC button to go back to the standard screen without
saving. Briefly pressing  ▼ button the display will go back to thefirst menu item.

Proceed as follows to turn the function on/off:– briefly press SET ESC button: “On” or “Off” will flash on the display (according to previous setting);– press “Ò ▲“ or “ ▼“ to select;– briefly press the SET ESC button to go back to the menu screen
or hold the button down to go back to the standard screen without saving.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
35

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 36

TRIP COMPUTER“Trip B” is possible to display the figures relating to:– Distance travelled B

GENERAL INFORMATIONThe Trip Computer displays information on car operation when
the key is turned to MAR. This function is composed by separate
trips, called “Trip A” and “Trip B” which can monitor the entire mission (journey) in a reciprocally independent manner.
Both trips can be reset (start of a new journey).

– Average consumption B– Average speed B– Journey time B (driving time).
“Trip B” may be turned off (see “Trip B on” paragraph). “Range”
and “Instant consumption” parameters cannot be reset.

“Trip A” is used to display the figures relating to:

STARTING
AND DRIVING– Autonomy– Distance travelled– Average consumption

IN AN
EMERGENCY– Current consumption– Average speed– Travel time (driving time). With the function

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
36

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 37

Values displayed

Autonomy
This indicates the approximate distance which can be travelled withthe present amount of fuel in the tank.
The display will show the reading “- - - -“ when the following eventstake place:– range is lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)– car left parked with engine running for a long time.
IMPORTANT The autonomy value variation can be affected by several factors: driving style, type of route (motorway, towns andcities, mountain roads, etc.), conditions of use (load, tyre pressures, etc.). Take these factors into account when planning a trip.

Distance travelledThis shows the distance covered from the start of the new journey.
Average consumption
This value is the approximate average fuel consumption from thestart of the new journey.
Current consumption
This indicates fuel consumption. The value is constantly updated.
The message “- - - -” will appear on the display if the car is parked
with the engine running.
Average speed
This value shows the average speed based on the overall time elapsed
since the start of the new journey.
Journey time
Time elapsed since the start of the new journey.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
37

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 38

Displayed information

The icons relating to the various parameters are the following:

The following information is shown each time a value is displayed:❍ animated icon in the upper part of the display (A-fig. 11);
❍ word “Trip” (or “Trip A” or “Trip B”) (B);❍ name, value and unit of measure of the selected parameter(e.g. “Range 1500km”) (C).

7EK

”Autonomy”;

o6“Average fuel consumption A” (if Trip A is active,
or “B” if Trip B is active);

After a few seconds the name and value of the selected parameter are replaced by an icon (see fig. 12).

oq

“Current consumption”;

86“Average speed A” (if Trip A is active, or “B” if Trip
B is active);

56“Trip time A” (if Trip A is active, or “B” if Trip B is
active);STARTING
AND DRIVING

p E 7 6 “Distance A” (if Trip A is active, or “B” if Trip B is
active);IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
38

fig. 11

A0K1223g

fig. 12

A0K0007m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 39

TRIP button 0.00

New journeyThis is located on the right stalk (fig. 13). With the ignition key
turned to MAR, this button displays the values described above andresets then before a new mission:– short press: values display;– long press: values reset and start of a new mission.

It begins after a new reset is made:– “manual” resetting by the user, by pressing the relevant button;– “automatic” resetting, when the “Trip distance” reaches
99999.9 km or when the “Travel time” reaches 999.59 (999hours and 59 minutes);– after each disconnection and subsequent reconnection of the battery.
IMPORTANT The reset operation when “Trip A” details are being
displayed resets the information associated with this function only.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIMPORTANT The reset operation when “Trip B” details are being
displayed resets the information associated with this function only.
Start trip procedure
With ignition key turned to MAR, carry out the reset operation bypressing and holding down the TRIP 0.00 button for longer than
2 seconds.
Exit Trip
You can automatically exit the TRIP function once all the values
have been displayed, or by holding the MENU ESC button down
for more than 1 second.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 13

A0K0096m

39

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 40

SYMBOLS

ALFA ROMEO CODE SYSTEM

Some components of the car have coloured labels whose symbols indicate precautions to be observed when using this component. Under the bonnet there is also a label that summarises all
the symbols.

This is an electronic engine locking system which increases protection against attempted thefts of the car. It is automatically activated when the ignition key is extracted.
Each key contains an electronic device which modulates the signal emitted during ignition by an antenna built into the ignition device. This signal is the ‘password’ which changes at each ignition
and which the control unit uses to recognise the key and enable
ignition.
OPERATION
The Alfa Romeo CODE system control unit sends an acknowledgement code to the engine management control unit to deactivate the inhibitor each time the car is started by turning the ignition key to MAR.
The code is sent only if the Alfa Romeo CODE system control unit
has recognised the code transmitted from the key.
Each time the ignition key is turned to STOP, the Alfa Romeo
CODE system deactivates the functions of the engine management
control unit. Warning light Y lights up on the instrument panel
if the code is not correctly recognised during ignition.
In this case, turn the key to STOP and then to MAR; if it is still
locked, try again with the other keys that come with the car. If you
are still unable to start the engine contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
40

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 41

KEYS

Warning light Y comes on when driving❍ If the warning light Y turns on, this means that the system
is running a self-test (due for example to a voltage drop).
❍ Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services if the Y warning lightstays on.

CODE CARD (for versions/markets, where provided)
A CODE card fig.14 is provided together with the keys. On the card
you will find a mechanical code A and an electronic code B. Keepthe codes in a safe place, not in the car.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYThe Electronic components inside the key may bedamaged if the key is subjected to shocks.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSBACONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 14

A0K0008m

41

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 42

MECHANICAL KEY

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL(for versions/markets, where provided)

The metal insert A-fig.15 operates:❍ the ignition switch;❍ the door lock.

The metal insert A-fig.16 operates:❍ the ignition switch;❍ the door lock.
Press B button to open/close the metal insert.

SAFETY

Press B button fig.16 only with the key away fromyour body, especially your eyes and from objects
which could get damaged (e.g. your clothes). Do
not leave the key unattended to avoid the button being
accidentally pressed while it is being handled, e.g. by achild.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
42

fig. 15

A0K0047m

fig. 16

A0K0048m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 43

Unlocking the doors and the bootLocking the doors and the bootBriefly press Ë button: unlock of doors and boot, timed operationof ceiling lights, double flash of the direction indicators (for versions/markets, where provided).
Door lock is automatically released if the fuel cut-off system trips.
Once the doors are locked, if one or more doors or the boot are
not closed correctly, the LED and direction indicators start flashingquickly.

Briefly press Á button: lock of doors and boot with ceiling lights off
and single flash of direction indicators (for versions/markets, where
provided).
If one or more door are open, the doors will not be locked. This isindicated by a rapid flashing of the direction indicators (for versions/markets, where provided). The doors will be locked even
if the boot is open.
When a speed of over 20 km/h is reached, the doors are automatically locked if this specific function has been set (only on versions with multi-function reconfigurable display).
When the doors are locked from outside the car (using the remotecontrol), A LED fig.17 will light up for a few seconds and then start
flashing (deterrent function).
When the doors are locked from inside the car (by pressing ≈)the LED will remain on constantly.
Opening the bootPress R button to open the boot using the remote control. The
direction indicators will flash twice to indicate that the boot has
been opened.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 17

A0K0122m

43

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 44

REQUESTING ADDITIONAL REMOTE CONTROLSGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYThe system can acknowledge up to 8 remote controls. If you needto request a new remote control, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services, taking the CODE card (for versions/markets, where provided), an identity document and documents proving your ownership of the car with you.

REPLACING THE BATTERY KEY WITH REMOTE
CONTROL
Proceed as follows:❍ press A button fig.18 and open out the B metal insert; turn C
screw to : using a small point screwdriver;❍ remove the D battery holder case and replace E battery respecting the polarity; reinsert D case into the key and secure
it by turning C screw to Á.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

Used batteries are harmful to the environment.
They should be disposed of as specified by law inspecial containers or taken to an Alfa Romeo Authorised Service Provider, which will take care of their disposal.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
44

fig. 18

A0K0051m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 45

SAFE LOCK DEVICE(for versions/markets where provided)

Switching the device off

This safety device prevents operation of the inside door handles
and of the door locking/unlocking button. We recommend thatyou activate this device whenever you park your car.

The device disengages automatically by:❍ opening the driver’s door using the metal insert;❍ pressing the Ë button on the remote control;❍ turning the ignition key to the MAR position

Switching the device on

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYThe device is enabled on all the doors by quickly double-pressing
the Á button on the key.
The engagement of the device is indicated by three flashes of thedirection indicators and the flashing of A LED fig. 19. The device
will not switch on if one or more doors are not closed correctly.

Once the safe lock device is engaged it is impossible to open the doors from inside the car. Before
engaging the device, check that there is no one lefton board. If the remote control battery is flat, the device
can only be disengaged by using the metal insert in either of the door locks.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 19

A0K0122m

45

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 46

The main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSType of key

Mechanical key

Key with remote control

Doors
unlockingLocking the doors
from the outside

Safe Lock engagement (for versions/markets, where
provided)

Unlocking the
tailgate bootWindows down(for versions/markets, where
provided)Windows up(for versions/markets, where
provided)Turn key
anticlockwise(driver’s side)

Turn keyclockwise(driver’s side)

–

–

–

–

Turn key
anticlockwise(driver’s side)

Turn keyclockwise(driver’s side)

–

–

–

–

Briefly press ËbuttonBriefly press ÁbuttonDouble pressing Á
buttonBriefly press R
buttonHold pressedÁ button(for longer than 2seconds)

Direction indicators flashing(only for key withremote control)

double flashing

flashes once

flashes three times

flashes twice

flashes twice

flashes once

Deterrence LED

Switching off

Switching on constantly for about 3
seconds, followed
by deterrence LED
flashing

Double flash,followed bydeterrence flashing

Deterrence LED

Switching off

Deterrence LED

IMPORTANT Windows will lower down when the doors are unlocked; they will be wound up when the doors are locked.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
46

Hold pressedË button(for longer than
2 seconds)

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 47

ALARM (for versions/markets, where provided)

SWITCHING ON THE ALARM

OPERATION OF THE ALARM
The alarm intervenes in the following instances:❍ unauthorised opening of doors/bonnet/boot (perimeter protection);❍ unauthorised operation of ignition system (ignition key rotated to MAR);❍ the battery cables cutting;❍ when someone is moving inside the passenger compartment(volumetric protection);❍ anomalous lifting/tilting of the vehicle (for versions/markets,
where provided).
Operation of the alarm is indicated by an acoustic and visual signal (flashing of the direction indicators for several seconds). The
alarm triggering modes may vary according to the markets. Thereis a maximum number of acoustic/visual cycles. When this isreached the system returns to normal operation.
IMPORTANT The engine locking function is guaranteed by the Alfa
Romeo CODE, which is automatically activated when the ignition
key is extracted from the ignition switch.
IMPORTANT The alarm is configured to comply with the regulations
existing in different countries.

With the doors and bonnet closed and the ignition key either turned
to STOP or removed, direct the key with the remote control towards the car, then press and release Á button. Except specificmarkets, the system produces a visual and acoustic signal andenables door locking.
A self-diagnostic stage precedes the turning on of the alarm: In caseof faults the system will generate a further acoustic and/or visual signal using the LED on the dashboard.
If after the alarm is switched on, a second acoustic signal is emitted and/or the LED on the dashboard flashes, wait about 4 seconds and switch off the alarm by pressing Ë button, check that thedoors, bonnet and boot are closed correctly and then reactivate thesystem by pressing Á button.
If the alarm produces an acoustic signal even when the doors, bonnet and boot are correctly closed, a fault has occurred in system
operation: in this case, go to Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

ALARM SELF-ACTIVATION(for versions/markets, where provided)
If the alarm has not been activated using the remote control, once
about 30 seconds have elapsed from when the ignition key was
turned to STOP and a door or the tailgate was last opened andthen closed, the alarm activates automatically. This is indicatedby the LED on the button A-fig. 20 lighting up intermittently andthe indications of activation described previously.
To deactivate the alarm, press the Ë button on the remote control.
The alarm also activates when the doors are closed by turning
the metal insert of the key in the driver side door latch. If the system self-activates, the doors are not locked.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
47

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 48

SWITCHING OFF THE ALARM

VOLUMETRIC/ANTI-LIFT PROTECTION

Press Ë button. The following operations are performed (excluding specific markets):❍ the direction indicators flash twice;❍ two brief acoustic signals are emitted;❍ the doors are unlocked.

To guarantee the correct operation of the protection, completely
close the side windows and sunroof (for versions/markets, where
provided).
To disable the function, press A button fig. 20 before switchingon the alarm. The deactivation of the function is indicated by the
LED on A button flashing for several seconds.
The volume sensing/anti-tilt protection disabling procedure must
be repeated each time the key is turned off.

IMPORTANT Activating the central opening using the key metal
insert the alarm does not turn off.

EXCLUDING THE ALARM

STARTING
AND DRIVING

To permanently disable the alarm (e.g. for long storage of the car),lock the car by turning the metal insert of the key with remote control in the lock.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

IMPORTANT If the battery of the key with the remote control runout or the system fails, the alarm can be switched off by placing
the key in the ignition switch and turning it to MAR.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
48

fig. 20

A0K0130m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 49

IGNITION SWITCH
The key can be turned to three different positions fig. 21:❍ STOP: engine off, key can be extracted, steering locked. Someelectric devices (e.g. car radio, central door locking system,
alarm, etc.) can work;❍ MAR: driving position. All electric devices can work;❍ ON: starting the engine.
The ignition switch is fitted with an electronic safety system that
requires the ignition key to be turned back to STOP if the engine
will not start, before the starting operation can be repeated.

If the ignition switch is tampered with (e.g.: attempted theft), have it checked over by an Alfa
Romeo Authorised Service Provider as soon as pos-

Always remove the key when you leave your car
to prevent someone from accidentally operating
the controls. Remember to engage the handbrake.
Engage 1st gear if the car is parked uphill or reverse if the
car is parked downhill. Never leave children unattended
in the car.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTEERING LOCKEngagement
When the key is at STOP, remove the key and turn the steering
wheel until it locks.
Disengagement
Move the steering wheel slightly and turn the ignition key to MAR.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

sible.
It is absolutely forbidden to carry out any aftermarket operation involving steering system or
steering column modifications (e.g.: installation ofanti-theft device). This could badly affect performance andsafety, invalidate the warranty and also result in the noncompliance of the car with approval requirements.

Never remove the key while the car is moving. The
steering wheel should lock automatically as soon
as it is turned. This also applies to when the car is

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
towed.
fig. 21

A0K0063m

49

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 50

SEATS

Lengthwise adjustment

FRONT SEATS fig. 22

Lift A stalk and push the seat forwards or backwards: in the driving
position your arms should rest on the rim of the steering wheel.

All adjustments must be made with the car stationary.

After releasing the adjustment lever, always checkthat the seat is locked on the guides by trying tomove it back and forth. If it is not locked, the seat
may move unexpectedly and make you lose control of
the car.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

Height adjustment(for versions/markets, where provided)

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Move lever B up or down until the required height is achieved.
IMPORTANT Carry out the adjustment whilst seated in the driver’s
seat.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Backrest angle adjustment
Turn C knob until the required position is reached.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

For maximum protection, keep the back of yourseat upright, lean back into it and make sure theseat belt fits closely across your chest and hips.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
50

fig. 22

A0K0076m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 51

Heated seats(for versions/markets, where provided)

ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS
fig. 24 (for versions/markets, where provided)

With the key turned to MAR, press A button fig. 23 to switch thefunction on/off. When the function is enabled, the LED on the button turns on.
Electric lumbar adjustment(for versions/markets where provided)
With the key turned to MAR, press B button fig. 23 to switch thefunction on/off. When the function is enabled, the LED on the button turns on.

The following controls are provided for adjusting the seats:
Multifunction A control:❍ front seat height adjustment (seat vertical movement);❍ seat lengthwise movement

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

B: Backrest angle and lumbar adjustment;
C: Driver’s seat position storing buttons.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 23

A0K0213m

fig. 24

A0K0214m

51

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

3-02-2012

13:56

Pagina 52

Memorising driver’s seat positions

Heated seats (for versions/markets, where provided)

The buttons C allow three different driver’s seat positions to bememorised and recalled.

With the key at MAR, turn the A ring fig.25 to turn the function
on/off. Heating can be set to 3 different levels (0 = seat heating off).

Memorisation and recall are possible with the ignition key at MAR
position and for 3 minutes after opening the driver's side door
or until the door is closed, even when the ignition key is in STOP
position. The performed position memorisation is confirmed byan acoustic signal.
To memorise a seat position, adjust it with the various controls,then press the button where you want to memorise the position
for several seconds.
When a new seat position is memorised, the previously memorised
position on the same button is automatically overwritten.
To recall a memorised position, press the relevant button briefly.
Recalling a memorised position is also possible for about 3 minutes after the doors are opened and about 1 minute after the ignition key is turned to the STOP position.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
52

fig. 25

A0K0215m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 53

HEAD RESTRAINTSFRONT HEAD RESTRAINTS
Head restraints are adjustable in height and they lock automatically in the required position:❍ upward adjustment: lift the head restraint until it locks❍ downward adjustment, press the A button fig. 26 and lower
the head restraint.

Head restraints must be adjusted so that the head,rather than the neck, rests on them. Only in thiscase they can protect your head correctly.

To remove the head restraints:❍ raise the head restraint to its maximum height;❍ press A and B buttons fig. 26 and then remove the head restraints by sliding them upwards.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR“Anti-Whiplash” device
The head restraints are equipped with an “Anti-Whiplash” device,
which reduces the distance between head and head restraint in theevent of a rear impact, thus mitigating the “whiplash” effect.
The head restraint may move when the backrest is pressed by
the occupant’s torso or hand: this is an effect of the system andnot a fault.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 26

A0K0064m

53

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:05

Pagina 54

STEERING WHEELREAR HEAD RESTRAINTSGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYTwo height-adjustable head restraints are provided for the backseats (to adjust the height see the previous paragraph). On someversions a head restraint is also provided for the central seat.
To remove the head restraints:❍ raise the head restraints to their maximum height;❍ press A and B buttons fig. 27 and then remove the head restraint by sliding it upwards.

It can be adjusted axially and vertically.
To adjust, release A lever fig. 28 by pushing it forwards (position
1) and adjust the steering wheel. Then lock lever A by pulling it
towards the steering wheel (position 2).

STARTING
AND DRIVING

Any adjustment of the steering wheel position must
be carried out only with the car stationary and theengine turned off.

It is absolutely forbidden to carry out any aftermarket operation involving steering system or
steering column modifications (e.g. installing ananti-theft device) that could badly affect performance andsafety, invalidate the warranty and also result in the car
failing to comply with regulations.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
54

fig. 27

A0K0065m

fig. 28

A0K0077m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-02-2012

14:40

Pagina 55

REARVIEW MIRRORSElectrochromic internal mirror(for versions/markets, where provided)

INTERNAL REARVIEW MIRROR

The electrochromic rear view mirror (fig. 30) comes with an adjustment device to prevent automatically the glaring effects fromthe following vehicles. This function is set as predefined.
When reverse gear is engaged, the mirror is automatically set for
daytime use

The rear view mirror (fig. 29) has two different positions: normal
or anti-glare.
The mirror must be adjusted starting from the normal position, withthe lever A - fig. 29 towards the windscreen (daytime use).
To prevent dazzling effects due to following vehicles, the mirror
can be moved into the anti-glare position by moving the lever A towards the back of the vehicle.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 29

A0K0268m

fig. 30

A0K0267m

55

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 56

EXTERNAL REARVIEW MIRRORSGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

Rearview mirror electric folding(for versions/markets where provided)

As the driver’s external rearview mirror is curved,
it may slightly alter the perception of distance.

To fold back the mirrors press C button fig. 31. Press the button
once again to turn the mirrors back to the driving position.
Manual rearview mirror folding fig. 32

SAFETY

Adjusting the mirror
The mirrors can be adjusted/folded only if the ignition key is in
MAR position.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

Select the mirror you wish to adjust using A device fig. 31:❍ device in position 1: left mirror selected;❍ device in position 2: right mirror selected.
To adjust the selected mirror, press B button in the four directions
shown by the arrows.

If required, the mirrors can be folded back manually from position 1 to position 2.
IMPORTANT When driving, the mirrors should always be in position 1.

IMPORTANT Once adjustment is complete, turn A device to position
0 to prevent accidental movements.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
56

fig. 31

A0K0066m

fig. 32

A0K0052m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 57

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMCENTRAL AIR VENTSSIDE AIR VENTS fig. 33

Use A device fig. 34 to direct the vents to the required position.
Turn B rings downwards to adjust the air flow.

A - Adjustable side air vents:

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR❍ use B device to adjust the vent to the required position;❍ turn C ring leftwards to adjust the air flow.

SAFETYD - Fixed side air vent.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 33

A0K0103m

fig. 34

A0K0104m

57

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 58

UPPER AIR VENTS fig. 35

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

A - Adjustable upper air vents. Turn B rings rightwards to adjust
the air flow.
C - Fixed upper air vent.

REAR AIR VENT fig. 36(for versions/markets, where provided)
Use A device to adjust the vent to the required position.
Turn B ring rightwards to adjust the air flow:● = All closed
 = All open

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
58

fig. 35

A0K0105m

fig. 36

A0K0106m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 59

TEMPERATURE COMFORTGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

fig. 37

A0K0107m

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSVENTS fig. 37
1. Upper fixed vent - 2. Upper fixed vents - 3. Side fixed vent - 4. Side adjustable vents - 5. Central adjustable vents - 6. Lower rear seatvents - 7. Adjustable rear seat vent (for versions/markets, whereAlfawiki.nl
provided)

CONTENTS

59

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 60

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

fig. 38

A0K0055m

CONTROLS fig. 38

D heated rear windscreen on/off button;

A air temperature adjustment knob:❍ blue zone = cold air❍ red zone = hot air
B climate control compressor on/off button;
C fan activation/adjustment knob:❍ 0 = fan off❍ 1-2-3-4-5-6 = fan speed

E air distribution knob:❍ various selections are possible❍ quick demisting (windscreen and side windows)
F air recirculation on/off button

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
60

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 61

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (cooling)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT HEATING

Proceed as follows to cool the passenger compartment:❍ turn A knob to the blue section;❍ press F button to turn air recirculation on (the circular LED
around the button should be on);❍ turn E knob to r;❍ press B button to turn the climate control system on and turn C
knob to at least 1 (1st speed); for faster action, turn C knob to 6
(maximum fan speed).

Proceed as follows to rapidly heat the passenger compartment:❍ turn A knob to the red section;❍ press F button to turn on the air recirculation system;❍ turn E knob to s;❍ turn C knob to 6 (maximum fan speed).
Then use the controls to maintain the required comfort conditions
and press button F to turn air recirculation off (the circular LED
around the button will be off) and prevent misting up.

Adjusting cooling❍ turn A knob to right to increase the temperature;❍ press F button to turn air recirculation system off (the circular
LED around the button should be off);❍ turn C knob to reduce fan speed.

IMPORTANT: When the engine is cold, it takes a few minutes toobtain fast heating.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
61

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 62

AUTOMATIC DEMISTING/DEFROSTING(MAX-DEF function)

Window demistingThis function automatically demists/defrosts the following: windscreen and front side windows, heated spray nozzles, heater external rearview mirrors.
To activate the function on, turn the E knob to the “Defrosting”
symbol identified by the - symbol. The manual climate control
system will automatically set itself to the following configuration:❍ demisting symbol - from red to orange (to indicate that thefunction is on);❍ the heated rear windscreen (and all the installed defrosting
devices) will be turned on. The circular LED around the button( will light up to indicate that the function is on;❍ the air flow will go to maximum speed (6);❍ air circulation will be opened, if it was closed (the circular LED
about the corresponding button will be off);❍ air mixing to maximum heating;❍ additional electric heater (for versions/markets, where provided) will be turned on;❍ the compressor will be activated (the circular LED will stay on
to indicate that the AC function is on).

The climate control system is very useful in preventing the windows
from misting up in the event of high levels of humidity.
In the event of considerable outside moisture and/or rain and/or
considerable differences in temperature inside and outside the passenger compartment, proceed as follows to demist the windows:❍ turn A knob to the red section;❍ press F button to disable the air recirculation system (the LEDon the button should be off);❍ turn E knob to - and move it to position u (B-fig. 38a) if
demisting does not take place;❍ turn C knob to the 2nd speed.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
62

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 63

DEMISTING/DEFROSTINGHEATED REAR WINDSCREEN

AIR DISTRIBUTION SELECTION

Press D button (() to turn the function on/off. The function is automatically deactivated after 20 minutes.
For versions/markets, where provided, pressing the ( button
also defrost/demist the external rearview mirrors and the heatedspray nozzles (for versions/markets, where provided).
IMPORTANT Do not affix stickers to the inside of the heated rearwindscreen over the heating filaments, to avoid damage that mightcause them to stop working properly.
AIR RECIRCULATION
Press F (v) button so that the LED on the button lights up. It
is advisable to switch air recirculation on while standing in traffic
or in tunnels to prevent the introduction of polluted air.
Do not use the function for a long time, particularly if there are many
passengers on board, to prevent the windows from misting up.

Turn E knob fig. 38 to manually select one of the four possible
air distribution settings in the passenger compartment:
x Air flow to the windscreen and front side window vents todemist/defrost them.
s Air flow to the front and rear footwell vents. This air distribution allows the passenger compartment to be warmed up
quickly.
y Air flow distribution between front and rear vents, centre/side
dashboard vents, rear vent and windscreen and front side window demisting/defrosting vents.
r Air flow distribution to centre/side dashboard vents (passenger’s body).

IMPORTANT The air recirculation system makes it possible to reachthe required heating or cooling conditions faster. Do not use the air
recirculation function on rainy/cold days as it would considerablyincrease the possibility of the windows misting.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
63

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 64

START&STOP

Four other positions are provided (see diagram below):

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

Manual climate control system
The system will remain set to the air flow setting made by the userwhen the Start&Stop function is operated (engine off when speed
is zero). Cooling and heating in the passenger compartment is notguaranteed in these conditions because the compressor and theengine coolant pump are both stopped. To privilege climate control system operation, press the button on the dashboard to turnthe Start&Stop function off.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

fig. 38a

A0K0083mv (A Position) Air flow distribution between centre/side dash-board vents, rear vent and windscreen and front side window
demisting/defrosting vents. This distribution setting ventilates
the passenger compartment and prevents the windows frommisting up.

NOTA In particularly severe climate conditions it is recommended
to limit the use of the Start&Stop function to prevent the compressor from continuously switching on and off, with following fast window misting and accumulation of humidity with unpleasantsmells in the passenger compartment.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Operate the climate control system for at least 10 minutes every
month during the winter. Have the system checked by Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services before the summer.

u (B Position) Air flow distributed between foot well vents andwindscreen and front side window defrosting/demisting vents.
This distribution setting allows warms up the passenger compartment and prevents the windows from misting up.

w (C Position) Air flow distribution between footwell vents(warmer air) and centre/side dashboard vents and rear vent(cooler air).

CONTENTS- (D Position) Automatic demisting/defrosting activation (seedescription of the previous pages).

Alfawiki.nl

64001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 65

AUTOMATIC DUAL ZONE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

fig. 39

CONTROLS fig. 39
A driver’s side temperature adjustment knob
B internal air recirculation on/off button
C climate control compressor on/off button
D heated rear windscreen on/off button
E climate control system on/off button
F fan speed knob
G fan speed indicator LED;

A0K0056m

H air distribution selection buttons
I MAX-DEF function button (fast front window defrosting/ demisting), heated rear windscreen and heated exterior mirrors (forversions/markets where provided);
L Passenger’s side temperature adjustment knob
M MONO function button (set temperature alignment) driver/passenger side
N AUTO function activation button (automatic operation)

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
65

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 66

DESCRIPTIONGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

The automatic dual zone climate control system regulates the temperature in the passenger compartment in two areas. The system
keeps the comfort in the passenger compartment constant andcompensates for variable external conditions.
NOTE The reference temperature is 22°C for optimal comfort management.
The automatically controlled parameters and functions are:❍ air temperature delivered to driver/front passenger vents;❍ air distribution to driver/front passenger vents;❍ fan speed (continuous air flow variation);❍ switching the compressor fan on (for cooling/dehumidifying
the air);❍ air recirculation.
All these functions can be manually adjusted by operating the system and selecting one or more functions and modifying their parameters. Automatic control of the manually changed functions will
be suspended: the system will only override your settings for safety reasons.
Manual selections will always have higher priority over automatic
settings and will be stored until the AUTO button is pressed, except
for the cases in which the system will intervene for particular, safety-related reasons.

You can adjust one function automatically and have the automatic system control all the others. The amount of air introduced into
the passenger compartment is not affected by vehicle speed; it iselectronically controlled by a fan. The air temperature is always automatically controlled according to the temperature shown on thedisplay (except for when the system is off or in certain conditions
when the compressor is not running).
The system can manually programme and adjuste:❍ air temperature on driver’s/passenger’s side;❍ fan speed (continuous variation);❍ air distribution to 7 positions;❍ climate control compressor enabled;❍ fast demisting/defrosting function;❍ air recirculation;❍ heated rear windscreen;❍ turning the system off.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
66

The climate control system uses an average radiating temperature sensor installed under a cover
below the inner rearview mirror. To ensure optimal operation of the climate control system, do not obstruct the detection cone of this sensor with any object.

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 67

SWITCHING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ON

ADJUSTING THE AIR TEMPERATURE

The system can be turned on in different ways: you are recommended to press the AUTO button and turn the knobs to set the required temperatures.
In this way the system operates completely automatically to adjust the temperature, quantity and distribution of the air introduced
into the passenger compartment. It also manages the air recirculation system and the enablement of the air conditioning compressor.
During fully automatic system operation, you can change at any
time the set temperatures, air distribution and fan speed by using
the relevant buttons or knobs: the system will automatically change
its settings to adjust to the new requirements.
During fully automatic operation (AUTO), the word AUTO will disappear if the air distribution and/or flow rate and/or engagementof the compressor and/or recirculation settings are changed.
In this way the climate control system will continue to automatically manage all functions except for those that have been manually adjusted. There is only one fan speed in all the areas of thepassenger compartment.

Turn A or L knob to right or left to adjust the air temperature: A
knob for the front left-hand area, L knob for the front right-handarea of the passenger compartment. The set temperatures areshown on the display.
Press the MONO button to align the air temperature between the
two zones.
Turn L knob to go back to the separate management of air temperatures in the two zones.
Turn the knobs fully clockwise or anti-clockwise to engage respectively HI (maximum heating) or LO (maximum cooling). To deactivate these functions, rotate the temperature knob to the desired temperature.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
67

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 68

SETTING THE AIR DISTRIBUTION

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

Press H ( / / ) buttons to manually select one of the seven possible air distribution settings:

 Air flow to the windscreen and front side window vents todemist/defrost them.

SAFETY Air flow from central and side dashboard vents to ventilate
the chest and the face during the hot season.

 Air flow to the front and rear footwell vents. This air distribuSTARTING
AND DRIVING

tion setting heats the passenger compartment most quickly,
giving a prompt sensation of warmth.

In AUTO mode, the climate control system automatically manage
air distribution settings; the LED on H buttons are off.
When set manually, the set distribution is shown by the LEDs on
the selected buttons.
In combined function mode the relevant function is enabled simultaneously with those already set by pressing the corresponding button. If a button whose function is active yet is pressed, theoperation is cancelled and the corresponding LED goes off. To restore automatic control of the air distribution after a manual selection, press the AUTO button.

 Air flow distribution between footwell vents (hotter air) and centre and side dashboard vents (cooler air). This distribution
setting is useful in spring and autumn on a sunny day.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS Air flow distributed between foot well vents and windscreen and front side window defrosting/demisting vents. This distribution setting allows to warm up the passenger compartment
and prevents the windows from misting up.

 Air flow distribution between windscreen demisting/defrosting vents and side and central dashboard vents. This setting allows
air to be sent to the windscreen in conditions of strong sunlight.

 Air flow distribution to all vents in the car.


CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
68

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 69

REGULATING THE FAN SPEED
Turn F knob to increase/decrease the fan speed. The speed is displayed by the G LEDs on the F knob.
❍ maximum fan speed = all LED lit up;❍ minimum fan speed = one LED lit.
The fan can only be excluded if the climate control compressor
has been switched off by pressing B button.
IMPORTANT To restore automatic fan speed control after a manual adjustment, press the AUTO button.
AUTO BUTTON
By pressing the AUTO button (LED on button lit) the climate control system automatically adjust the following settings in the corresponding zones:❍ air quantity and distribution in the passenger compartment;❍ climate control compressor;❍ air recirculation❍ cancelling any previous manual settings.

IMPORTANT If the system is unable to reach/maintain the required
temperature in the various areas of the passenger compartment,
the set temperature will flash for a few seconds.
To restore automatic system control after one or more manualadjustments, press the AUTO button.
MONO BUTTON
Press the MONO button (LED on button lit) to align the air temperature on passenger’s side with that on driver’s side.
This function makes temperature regulation easier when the driveris travelling alone.
Turn L knob to set the temperature on passenger’s side and go backto separate air temperature management.

The LED on the AUTO button will light up to indicate that the function is on. By manually adjusting at least one of the functions automatically managed by the system (air recirculation, air distribution, fan speed or compressor on/off), the LED will go off, indicating that the system is no longer automatically controlling all thefunctions.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
69

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 70

AIR RECIRCULATION AND AQS(Air Quality System) FUNCTION

Turning the AQS (Air Quality System)function on

The air recirculation is managed according to the following operating logics:❍ automatic engagement: A word on B button on;❍ forced engagement (air recirculation always on): LED on v
A button on and A word off;
❍ forced disengagement (air recirculation always off, air takenfrom the outside): the LED on v A buttons will switch off
and the A word on B button will switch off.
Forced on/off mode can be selected by pressing button v A..
When g (E button off ) is pressed, the climate control system
automatically activates air recirculation (the LED on v A button should be on). Press v A button to turn external air recirculation on (LED on button lit) and vice versa.
AQS (Air Quality System) function cannot be operated when gbutton is pressed (LED on button off).

The AQS function automatically activates internal air recirculation
when the outside air is polluted (e.g. in traffic queues and tunnels).
IMPORTANT With the AQS function active, after the internal air
recirculation system has been running for a certain time, the climate control system enables the intake of outside air for approximately 1 minute. This takes place regardless of the pollution level of the outside air.
IMPORTANT The air recirculation system makes it possible to reachthe required heating/cooling conditions faster. It is, however, inadvisable to use it on rainy/cold days as it would considerably increase the possibility of the windows misting up inside (especially
if the climate control system is off). When the outside temperature is low, recirculation is forced off (air drawn from the outside)to prevent the windows misting up.
In automatic operation inside air recirculation will be controlled automatically by the system according to outside environmental conditions.

It is advisable not to use the air recirculation function when the outside temperature is low to prevent the windows from rapidly misting up.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
70

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 71

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM COMPRESSOR
Press C to turn the compressor on/off (the LED on the button willlight up when the compressor is on). The system remembers thatthe compressor has been switched off, even after the engine has
stopped.
When the compressor is switched off the system deactivates air recirculation to prevent the windows from misting up and deactivates
the AQS function. In this case, although the system is capable ofmaintaining the required temperature, the AUTO LED will go out.
The temperatures will flash for a few seconds if the required temperature cannot be maintained.
To restore automatic control for switching on the climate control
compressor, press C button again or press the AUTO button.
With compressor off:
❍ if the outside temperature is higher than the set one, the system will not be able to satisfy the request. The temperature
value will then flash on the display for a few seconds;❍ the fan speed can be manually reset.
When the compressor is on and the engine is running, manual ventilation cannot drop under the maximum speed (only one LED on).
IMPORTANT With the climate control compressor off, it is not possible to admit air into the passenger compartment with a temperature below the outside temperature; moreover, under certain environmental conditions the windows could mist up very quickly since
the air cannot be dehumidified.

RAPID WINDOW DEMISTING/DEFROSTING(MAX-DEF function)
Press -to turn windscreen and side window demisting/defrosting
function on (LED on button lit). The climate control system carries
out the following operations:❍ switches on the climate control compressor when climatic conditions allow;❍ turns air recirculation off;
❍ sets maximum air temperature (HI) in both zones;❍ sets proper fan speed according to the engine coolant temperature;❍ directs air flow to the windscreen and front side windows vents;❍ the heated rear windscreen is turned on❍ shows fan speed (LED G lit).
IMPORTANT The MAX-DEF function will remain on for approximately
3 minutes from when the engine coolant reaches adequate temperature.
The LED on the AUTO button will go out when the function is on.
With the function activated the only possible manual adjustments
are adjusting the fan speed and the turning the heated rear windscreen off. By pressing B, C, - or AUTO buttons, the climate
control system will turn the MAX-DEF off.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
71

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 72

DEMISTING/DEFROSTINGHEATED REAR WINDSCREENTURNING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM OFF

Press ( to turn heated rear windscreen demisting/defrosting function on (LED on button lit). This function switches off automaticallyafter about 20 minutes or when the engine is turned off. It is notswitched on automatically the next time the engine is started. For
versions/markets, where provided, pressing the ( button it is also possible to defrost/demist the external rearview mirrors (forversions/markets, where provided) and the heated spray nozzles(for versions/markets, where provided).

Press g button (LED on button off):❍ air recirculation is on, thus isolating the passenger compartment
from the outside;❍ the compressor is off;
❍ the fan is off.
❍ the heated rear windscreen can be switched on or off.
❍ the AQS (Air Quality System) function cannot be turned on.

IMPORTANT Do not affix stickers to the inside of the heated rearwindscreen on the heating filaments, to avoid damage that mightcause them to stop working properly.

IMPORTANT The climate control system control unit stores the temperatures set before the system was switched off and restoresthe same conditions when any button of the system is pressed (except for D button).

Thermal comfort windscreen(for versions/markets, where provided)

Press AUTO button to restart the climate control system in fully
automatic mode.

Some versions feature a thermal comfort windscreen which, withthe car exposed to the sun, limits the extent of temperature increase inside the passenger compartment, thus ensuring greater
comfort.
Humidity sensor (for versions/markets, where provided)
The humidity sensor prevents the windows from misting up. For
full operation, it is advisable to turn the AUTO on (LED N on). Whenthe outside temperature is low, the system could automatically turnthe compressor on and turn air recirculation off for safer driving.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
72

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 73

START&STOP
Automatic climate control system
The automatic climate control system manages the Start&Stop
function (engine off when speed is zero) to ensure adequate comfort inside the passenger compartment.
Specifically, the Start&Stop function is turned off when the weather is particularly hot or cold to guarantee an adequate level of comfort inside the passenger compartment; therefore, the engine will
not be stopped during these transient conditions, even if the speed
is zero.
When the Start&Stop is on and the engine is off at zero speed,
the climate control system will turn the engine back on if the inside temperature conditions should rapidly deteriorate (or if theuser asks for maximum cooling – LO – or quick demisting –MAX-DEF).
With the Start&Stop function on and engine off at zero speed,
air flow is reduced to the minimum to main comfort conditions inside the passenger compartment as long as possible when the system is in AUTO mod (LED N on).
The climate control system attempts to manage the discomfort
caused by the engine stopping (compressor and engine coolant
pump off) but operation of the climate control system can be privileged by turning the Start&Stop off by pressing the button on
the dashboard.
NOTE In particularly severe climate conditions it is recommended to limit the use of the Start&Stop function to prevent the compressor from continuously switching on and off, with following fast window misting and accumulation of humidity with unpleasantsmells in the passenger compartment.

NOTE When the Start&Stop function is active (engine off andvehicle speed zero), the automatic recirculation management isturned off always taking air in from outside, to reduce the probability of window misting up (as the compressor is off).
SUPPLEMENTARY ELECTRIC HEATER(for versions/markets where provided)
This device speeds up passenger compartment warming when it isvery cold. The additional heater turns off automatically after reaching the required comfort conditions.
Automatic dual zone climate control system(for versions/markets, where provided)
The supplementary electric heater is operated automatically according to environmental conditions and when the engine is running.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

Manual climate control system
The supplementary heater is activated automatically by turning A
knob to the end of the red section and setting the fan (knob B)
to at least the 1st speed.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

IMPORTANT NOTESThe heater only works if the outside temperature and engine coolant
temperature are low.
The heater will not activate if the battery voltage is too low.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
73

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 74

EXTERIOR LIGHTSSIDE LIGHTS AND DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTSLEFT STALK fig. 40
The left stalk operates most of the external lights. The external
lights can only be switched on when the ignition key is at MAR.
The instrument panel and the various controls on the dashboard
will come on when the external lights are switched on.
DAY LIGHTS (DRL) “Daytime Running Lights”

STARTING
AND DRIVING

With the ignition key turned to MAR and A ring fig.40 turned toposition O the day lights are turned on; the other lights remain off.
For day light functions, see the “Menu Items” paragraph in thischapter. If the function is deactivated, no lights are switched onwhen the A ring is turned to position O.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

With the ignition key turned to MAR, turn A ring fig. 40 to 2. The
day lights are switched off and the side lights and dipped beam headlights are switched on. The warning light 3 in the instrument panel comes on.
PARKING LIGHTS
These lights can be turned on only with the ignition key at STOP
or removed, by turning the ring A-fig. 40 first to O and then to2.
The warning light 3 on the instrument panel will come on. Operate the direction indicator stalk to select the side (right or left).
AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL (AUTOLIGHT)(Dusk sensor) (for versions/markets, where provided)
This system consists of an infrared LED sensor combined with a rain
sensor installed on the windscreen. It can detect changes of lightintensity outside the car according to the light sensitivity setting
programmed in the set-up menu: the higher the sensitivity, the lower the amount of external light needed to switch the lights on.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

ActivationA.
The dusk sensor is activated by turning the A ring fig. 40 to 2
In this way the side lights and dipped beam headlights are bothswitched on automatically according to the outside light level.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
74

fig. 40

A0K0099m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 75

IMPORTANT The sensor is unable to detect the presence of fog. Under these circumstances, these lights are therefore turned on manually.
When the lights are turned on by the sensor, the fog lights (for versions/markets, where provided) and the rear fog lights may beturned on. When the lights are automatically switched off, the front
and rear fog lights (if activated) are also switched off. The nexttime the lights are switched on automatically, the fog lights must
be reactivated manually (if required).
With the sensor active, it is possible to flash the headlights but
the main beam headlights cannot be switched on. If you need toturn these lights on, turn A ring fig. 40 to position 2 and turnthe dipped beam headlights on.
When the lights have been activated automatically and are thenswitched off by the sensor, the dipped beam headlights are switched
off first, followed by the side lights a few seconds later.
If the sensor is activated but is malfunctioning, the side lights anddipped beam headlights are switched on independently of the outside light level and the sensor fault is indicated on the instrument
panel display. It is also possible to deactivate the sensor and switch
on these light.

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTSWith A ring in position 2 pull the stalk towards the steering wheel(stable position). The warning light 1 on the instrument panel
will come on. To turn the lights off, pull the stalk again towards
the steering wheel (dipped beam headlights will stay on). It is
not possible to switch on the main beam headlights in fixed mode
if the automatic lighting control system is active.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYFLASHINGS
Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel (unstable position) regardless of the position of A ring. The 1 warning light will comeon in the instrument panel.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

DIRECTION INDICATORS
Put the stalk in the stable position:❍ upward: activation of right direction indicator;❍ downward: activation of left direction indicator.
Lights ¥ or Î will flash on the instrument panel. The direction indicators are switched off automatically when the steering wheel
is straightened.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE“Lane change” function
If you want to signal that you are changing lane, hold the left stalkin the unstable position for less than half a second. The direction
indicator on the selected side flashes five times and then switches off automatically.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
75

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 76“FOLLOW ME HOME” DEVICE

EXTERIOR COURTESY LIGHTSThis device allows you to illuminate the area in front of the carfor a certain amount of time.

This function lights up the vehicle and the space around it when
the doors are unlocked.

Activation

Activation

With the ignition key on STOP or removed, pull A stalk fig. 40 towards the steering wheel within 2 minutes of the engine switching off.
Each time the stalk is moved, the lights stay on for an extra 30
seconds up to a maximum of 210 seconds; then the lights are
switched off automatically.
The 3 warning light on the instrument panel will light up (andthe corresponding message will appear on the display) as long as
the function is active.
The light comes on when the stalk is first moved and stays on until the function is automatically deactivated. Each movement of thestalk increases only the amount of time the lights stay on.

When the car is parked and the doors are unlocked by pressing theË button on the remote control (or the boot is unlocked by pressing R), the dipped beam headlights, side lights and number
plate lights are activated.
The lights remain lit for approximately 25 seconds unless the doors
and boot are locked once again, the doors or boot are opened
and closed or the instrument panel is activated. In these cases they
go out after 5 seconds.
The exterior courtesy lights can be enabled/disabled using the Setup Menu (see the paragraph “Menu Items” in this chapter).

Deactivation

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Keep the A stalk fig. 40 pulled towards the steering wheel for morethan 2 seconds.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
76001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 77

WINDOW CLEANINGThe right stalk controls windscreen wiper/washer and heated rearwindscreen wiper/washer operation.
WINDSCREEN WIPER/WASHER fig. 41
This only operates with the ignition turned to MAR. The ring nut A
can have the following positions::O
windscreen wiper off;
≤ intermittent operation (low speed);
AUTO rain sensor activation (for versions/markets, where provided) (the windscreen wiper speed is automatically adapted to the intensity of the rain)intermittent operation;≥ slow operation;¥ fast operation.

nMove the stalk up (unstable position) to limit operation to the time
for which the stalk is held in this position. When released, the stalkwill return to its default position and the wiper will be automatically stopped.

Do not use the windscreen wipers to remove layers of snow or ice from the windscreen. In such conditions, the windscreen wipers may be subjected toexcessive stress, prompting intervention from the motor
protection which prevents operation for a few seconds. If
operation is not restored, even after turning the key andrestarting the engine, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
Do not operate the windscreen wiper with theblades lifted from the windscreen.

“Smart washing” function
Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel (unstable position) to operate the windscreen washer jet. Keep the stalk pulled for morethan half a second, with just one movement, to operate windscreen
washer/wiper jet at the same time.
The wiper stops working three strokes after the stalk is released.
A further stroke after approximately six seconds completes the wiping cycle.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 41

A0K0097m

77

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 78

RAIN SENSOR fig. 42(for versions/markets, where provided)
This is an infrared LED sensor fitted on the windscreen. It can detect the presence of rain and consequently manage windscreen wiping in accordance with the amount of water on the windscreen.
Activation
The sensor is activated by turning the A ring fig. 41 to the“automatic” position (“AUTO”): the frequency of the windscreen
wiper strokes is automatically adjusted depending on the amountof water on the windscreen. This frequency can vary from no stroke(no rain - windscreen dry) up to the 2nd constant speed operation(heavy rain - windscreen wet).
The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted through the Set
Up menu (see “Display” paragraph in this chapter).

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

If the engine is switched off with the stalk in the automatic position, no wiping cycle will take place when the engine is started
again even if it is raining. This prevents accidental activation of therain sensor when the engine is started (i.e. when the windscreen
is being washed by hand or the wipers are stuck to the windscreen
by ice).
To restore automatic operation of the rain sensor, turn the ring on
the right A stalk fig. 41 from automatic position (AUTO) to O position and then turn A ring back to the AUTO position.
When the rain sensor is reactivated using any of the manoeuvres
described above, reactivation is indicated by a single stroke of
the windscreen wipers, regardless of the condition of the windscreen. If the sensitivity of the rain sensor is adjusted whilst it isin operation, a single stroke of the windscreen wiper takes place
to confirm the changed setting.
In the event of the malfunction of the rain sensor whilst it is active, the windscreen wiper operates intermittently at a speed consistent with the sensitivity setting of the rain sensor, regardless ofwhether it is raining or not (the sensor fault is indicated on the
instrument panel display). The sensor continues to operate and it
is possible to set the windscreen wiper to continuous mode (1st or
2nd speed). The fault indication remains for as long as the sensor
is active.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
78

fig. 42

A0K0111m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 79

CRUISE CONTROLREAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER(for versions/markets, where provided)

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR(for versions/markets, where provided)

Activation
This only operates with the ignition turned to MAR.
Turn B ring fig. 41 from position O to position ' to turn on therear window wiper as follows:❍ intermittent operation if the windscreen wiper is off;
❍ synchronised operation (but with half-stroke frequency) when
the windscreen wiper is on;❍ continuous operation with reverse engaged and windscreen
wiper on.
With reverse gear engaged and windscreen wiper on, the rear window wiper is activated in continuous mode. Pushing the stalk towards the dashboard (temporary position) the rear window washer jet will activate.
Keeping the stalk pushed for more than half a second also the rearwindow wiper will activate. Releasing the stalk will activate thesmart washing function, as described for the windscreen wiper.

GENERAL INFORMATIONThis is an electronic driving aid that allows you to drive at a speedof above 30 km/h on long and straight dry roads (e.g. motorways), at a preset speed without having to press the accelerator
pedal. It is therefore not recommended to use this device on country roads with traffic. Do not use it in town.
TURNING THE DEVICE ON
Turn ring A-fig. 43 to ON. The device cannot be turned on in 1 orreverse gear. It is advisable to engage it in 5th gear or higher.
When travelling downhill with the device engaged, the car may
slightly exceed the preset speed. When the device is activated, Ülight comes on together with the relevant message on the instrument panel (for versions/markets, where provided).
st

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 43

A0K0098m

79001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 80

STORING THE SPEED

INCREASING THE STORED SPEED

Proceed as follows:❍ turn A ring fig. 43 to ON and press the accelerator until the
car reaches the desired speed;❍ move the stalk upwards (+) for at least one second, then release it. The speed is now stored and you can therefore release
the accelerator pedal.
If needed (when overtaking for instance), you can accelerate simply by pressing the accelerator pedal; when you come off the pedal, the car will return to the speed memorised previously.

Press the accelerator and store the new speed or move the stalkupwards (+). Each movement of the stalk will correspond to anincrease in speed of about 1 km/h, while keeping the stalk held
upwards the speed will continuously increase.

RESTORING STORED SPEED
If the device was disengaged - for example by pressing the brakeor clutch pedal - the stored speed can be reset as follows:❍ accelerate gradually until reaching a speed approaching the one
stored;❍ engage the gear selected at the time of speed storing;❍ press RES button (B-fig. 43).

REDUCING THE STORED SPEED
Deactivate the device and store the new speed or move the stalk
downwards (–) until the new speed is reached. It will then automatically be stored. Each movement of the stalk will correspondto a reduction in speed of about 1 km/h, while keeping the stalkheld downwards will continuously reduce the speed.
TURNING THE DEVICE OFF
To release:❍ turn the A ring fig. 43 to OFF;or
❍ stop the engine;or❍ press the brake pedal, the clutch or the accelerator; in thislast case the system is not actually turned off but the systemgives priority to the acceleration request. The device still remains active, without the need to press the RES button to return to the previous condition once acceleration is concluded.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
80

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 81

Turning the device off automatically
The device is automatically turned off in the following cases:❍ if the ABS or VDC systems intervene;❍ with car speed below the preset limit;❍ in the event of system fault.

Do not position the gear lever in neutral when driving with the device on.

CEILING LIGHTSFRONT CEILING LIGHT fig. 44
A Switch is used to switch the ceiling lights on/off.
A Switch positions:❍ central position (position 1): C and D lights come on/off when
the doors are opened/closed;❍ pressed to the left (position 0): C and D lights are always off;
❍ pressed to the right (position 2): C and D lights are always on.
Lights are gradually switched on/off.

In the event of faulty operation or fault, turn thering A-fig. 43 to OFF and contact an Alfa Romeo
Authorised Service.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 44

A0K0061m

81

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 82

B switch operates the map reading light.
B switch positions:❍ central position (position 1): C and D lights are always off;
❍ pressed to the left (position 0): C light on;❍ pressed to the right (position 2): D light on.

SAFETY

IMPORTANT Before getting out of the car, make sure that bothswitches are in the central position: closing the doors the lights will
go out avoiding to drain the battery.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIn any case, if the switch is left inadvertently in the On position,
the ceiling lights will turn off automatically 15 minutes after turning the engine off.

CEILING LIGHT TIMING
On certain versions, two different timed switching-on modes havebeen provided to facilitate getting in/out of the car at night or withpoor lighting.
Timing while getting into the car
The ceiling lights switch on according to the following modes:❍ for about 10 seconds when the front doors are unlocked;❍ for about 3 minutes when one of the doors is opened;❍ for about 10 seconds when the doors are closed.
The timing is interrupted when the ignition is turned to MAR.
Timing while getting out of the car

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

After removing the key from the ignition switch, the courtesy lights
will turn on as follows:❍ within 2 minutes from turning the engine off for about 10
seconds;❍ for about 3 minutes when one of the doors is opened;❍ when one of the doors is closed for about 10 seconds.
Timing will stop automatically when locking the doors.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
82

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 83

REAR CEILING LIGHT
Press the A lens fig. 45 to turn the light on/off.
The light will stay on for a few seconds after the doors are closed
and will then go off automatically. The light will go out when theignition is turned to MAR.

COURTESY LIGHTS fig. 46(for versions/markets, where provided)
Two B courtesy lights are present behind the sun visors. Lift the A
cover to turn the lights on.

IMPORTANT The light will go out automatically after a few minutes
if a door is forgotten open. Open another door or close and reopen
the concerned door.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 45

A0K0092m

fig. 46

A0K0114m

83

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 84

PUDDLE LIGHTS fig. 47

GLOVE COMPARTMENT LIGHT fig. 49

These lights are located in the front and rear doors. They are turned
on/off when any door is opened regardless of the position of theignition switch.

This light comes on automatically when the glove compartment is
opened and switches off when it is closed.
The light will be turned on/off regardless of the position of theignition key.

BOOT LIGHT fig. 48

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

This is located on the left-hand side of the boot. This light comeson automatically when the boot is opened and switches off when
it is closed.
The light will be turned on/off regardless of the position of theignition key.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

fig. 48

A0K0141m

fig. 49

A0K0171m

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
84

fig. 47

A0K0221m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 85

CONTROLSFRONT FOG LIGHTS fig. 51(for versions/markets, where provided)

HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS fig. 50

Press 5 button to switch on/off the lights. Press the button again
to turn the lights off. The 5 warning light on the instrument panel and the LED on the button itself will light up when the lights
are on.

Press A switch to switch on/off the lights. Ÿ and Δ warning
lights come on and the A switch will flash when the lights are on.

SAFETYREAR FOG LIGHTS fig. 51

The use of hazard lights is governed by the Highway Code of the country you are in. Keep to therules.

Press 4 button to switch on/off the lights. The rear fog lights
are only enabled with the dipped beam headlights on. Press the
button again to turn the lights off or turn off the dipped beam headlights and/or the front fog lights (for versions/markets, where provided). 4 warning light on the instrument panel and the LED overthe button itself will light up when the lights are on.

Emergency braking

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

In the event of emergency braking the hazard warning lights are
lit up automatically along with the Ÿ and Δ warning lights on
the instrument panel. The lights are switched off automaticallywhen the nature of braking changes.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 50

A0K0093m

fig. 51

A0K0120m

85

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 86

AFS ADAPTIVE LIGHTS(Adaptive Frontlight System) fig. 52(for versions/markets, where provided)

DOOR LOCK fig. 53

This is a system combined with xenon headlamps which directs themain light beam and continuously and automatically adapts it to
the driving conditions round bends/when cornering. The system
directs the light beam to light up the road in the best way, taking
into account the speed of the vehicle, the bend/corner angle andthe speed of steering.
The adaptive lights are automatically activated when the engine
is started. In this condition, LED A-fig. 52 will stay off. When the
button is pressed the adaptive lights (if on) are deactivated and the
LED A-fig. 52 in the button comes on continuously.
Press button again to turn the adaptive lights on (LED off).

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Press ≈ to lock all the doors at the same time (the LED on the
button will light up when the doors are locked. Locking takes place
regardless of the position of the ignition key.
FUEL CUT-OFF SYSTEM
This system is tripped after a collision and activates the following
functions:❍ cutting off fuel supply and consequently stopping the engine;❍ automatically unlocking the doors;❍ turning on the inside lights.
The intervention of the system is indicated by a message shownon the display. Carefully check the car for fuel leaks, for instancein the engine compartment, below the car or near the tank area.
After a crash, turn the ignition key to STOP to avoid draining thebattery.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
86

fig. 52

A0K0123m

fig. 53

A0K0145m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 87

Follow the procedure below to restore correct operation of thecar:❍ turn the ignition key to MAR;
❍ activate the right-hand direction indicator;❍ deactivate the right-hand direction indicator;❍ activate the left-hand direction indicator;❍ deactivate the left-hand direction indicator;❍ activate the right-hand direction indicator;❍ deactivate the right-hand direction indicator;❍ activate the left-hand direction indicator;❍ deactivate the left-hand direction indicator;❍ turn the ignition key to STOP.

INTERIOR FITTINGSGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARGLOVE COMPARTMENT
Upper compartment
Operate in the point shown by the arrow to open the compartment
A-fig. 54.

SAFETY

Passenger side glove compartment
Operate A handle fig. 55 to open the compartment. When the compartment is opened a courtesy light comes on.
There is a map pocket in the compartment and a sunglass holder
on the back of the hatch.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

If, after a collision, you smell fuel or notice leaks fromthe fuel system, do not reset the system to avoid firerisk.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 54

A0K0142m

fig. 55

A0K0100m

87

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 88

On some versions the compartments may be heated/cooled by an
air vent connected to the climate control system (operate wheel
A-fig. 55a to adjust the air flow rate to the lower compartment).
In versions with dual-zone automatic climate control system, the glove
compartment is set to the same temperature as the passenger's side.
In versions with dual zone automatic climate control system, a bottle/can holder is present inside the compartment on passenger
side.

FRONT ARM REST
(for versions/markets, where provided)
This is located between the front seats. To bring this to the standard position of use, push it down as shown in the figure.
There is a compartment inside the arm rest: lift the A coverfig. 56 to access the compartment.

One 50 cl bottle and two slim cans can be fitted inside at the sametime. The handbook may be inserted under the bottle holder withthe longer side facing towards the front of the car.

Do not travel with the compartments open: thefront seat occupants could be injured in case ofan accident.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
88

fig. 55a

A0K0185m

fig. 56

A0K0166m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 89

REAR ARM REST fig. 57(for versions/markets, where provided)

SKI COMPARTMENT fig. 57a(for versions/markets, where provided)

To use A armrest fig. 57, lower it as shown in the figure. Two B
cup or can holders are obtained in the arm rest. To use these, pull
C tab in the direction shown by the arrow.
These is also an oddments compartment provided in the armrest;
this can be accessed by raising the flap.

The compartment may be used for carrying long loads. To accessthe compartment, lower the rear arm rest and then press A device fig. 57a to lower the B hatch.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 57

A0K0211m

fig. 57a

A0K0217m

89

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 90

POWER SOCKET fig. 58

CIGAR LIGHTER fig. 59

This is located on the left-hand side of the boot. This operation ispossible only with the key turned to MAR.

This is located on the central tunnel. Press A button to activate
the cigar lighter. After a few seconds the button goes back to its
initial position and the cigar lighter is ready for use.

IMPORTANT Do not connect to the socket devices with power higher than 180 W. Do not damage the socket by using unsuitable
adaptors.

IMPORTANT Always check that the cigar lighter has turned itself off.
IMPORTANT Do not connect to the socket devices with power higher than 180 W. Do not damage the socket by using unsuitable
adaptors.

STARTING
AND DRIVING
The cigar lighter becomes very hot. Handle it carefully and make sure children don’t touch it: risk offire and/or burning.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
90

fig. 58

A0K0140m

fig. 59

A0K0087m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 91

ASHTRAY fig. 60
The ashtray is a removable plastic box with spring loaded opening that can be fitted into the glass/can holder on the central console.
IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray as a waste paper basket: it mightcatch fire in contact with cigarette stubs.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER fig. 62(for versions/markets, where provided)
This is located under the passenger seat.
NOTE On some versions, the fire extinguisher is fitted on the rightside of the boot inside a specific container.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSUN VISORS fig. 61
These are located at the sides of the internal rearview mirror. They
may be positioned at the front and to the side.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

A courtesy mirror with light is fitted behind the visors. The light allows to use the mirror in poor visibility conditions. Lift the A coverfig. 61 to access the mirror.

IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 61

A0K0113m

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 60

A0K0112m

fig. 62

A0K0212m

91

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 92

ELECTRIC SUN ROOF

Opening the sunroof(for versions/markets, where provided)

Press button A-fig. 63 and hold it pressed: the front glass panel willassume the spoiler position. Press button A again and operate thecontrol for longer than half a second to move the roof window to
an intermediate position (“Comfort” position).

The sun roof comprises two glass panels; the front one is mobile
and the rear one fixed. These are equipped with two sun blinds(front and rear) that can be moved manually. With the sun roof
closed, the blinds can be placed in any position.
OPERATION

STARTING
AND DRIVING

The sunroof can be operated only with the ignition key turned toMAR. The controls A and B-Fig. 63 on the front courtesy light trim,
operate the sun roof opening/closing functions.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Press the opening control for longer than half a second to open theroof entirely. The front panel can be stopped in an intermediate position by pressing button A again.
Closing the sunroof
With the sunroof in the fully open position, press button B-fig. 62
and, if the button is operated for more than half a second, the front
roof glass with automatically assume the intermediate position(comfort position).
If the button is operated again for about half a second the roof
will assume the spoiler position. Lastly, if the button B is pressedagain, the roof will assume the fully closed position.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
92

fig. 63

A0K0131m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 93

SUN CURTAINSDo not open the sun roof in the presence of snowor ice: it may be damaged.

Grip the handle A-fig. 64 to open the curtain and pull in the direction of the arrow to achieve the required position. To close them,carry out the procedure in reverse.

When leaving the car, always remove the key fromthe ignition device to avoid the risk of injury due
to accidental operation of the sun roof; it presents
a risk to those left on board: improper use of the roof
can be dangerous. Before round during operation, always
check that no-one is at risk of being injured by the moving sunroof or by objects getting caught and draggedby it.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY
ANTI-PINCH SAFETY SYSTEM
The sun roof has an anti-pinch safety system capable of detecting
the presence of an object whilst the roof is closing; when this happens the system stops and the glass travel is immediately reversed.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 64

A0K0233m

93

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 94

INITIALISATION PROCEDURE

MAINTENANCE/EMERGENCY

The sunroof must be re-initialised after disconnecting the battery
or if the relevant protection fuse is blown.

In case of emergency or maintenance the roof can be moved manually when there is no power supply (opening/closing of the front
glass panel) by carrying out the following operations:❍ remove cap A-fig. 65 set between the two sun curtains;❍ take the Allen key B supplied, which is located in the on-board
documentation container or in the tool container in the luggage
compartment;❍ introduce the key into housing C and turn it:– clockwise to open the roof;– anti-clockwise, to close the roof.

Proceed as follows:❍ press button B-fig. 63 until the roof is entirely closed. Thenrelease the button;❍ press B button and keep it pressed for at least 10 seconds
and/or until the glass panel clicks forwards. Release the button at this point;❍ press button B within 5 seconds of this operation and keep it
pressed: the glass panel will complete a full opening and closing cycle. Only release the button at the end of this cycle.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
94

fig. 65

A0K0132m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 95

DOORS

Unlocking the doors from the outside
Press button Ë on the remote control or turn the metal insert (located inside the key) in the driver’s door lock.

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING/UNLOCKING
FUNCTIONGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

Locking/unlocking the doors from the inside

Locking the doors from the outside
With the doors closed press button Á on the remote control or turnthe metal insert (located inside the key) in the driver’s door lock.
The LED over the button ≈ will light up to indicate that thedoors have been locked.
The door locking function is operated:❍ with all the doors closed;❍ with all the doors closed and boot open.

Press ≈. The button has an LED that indicates the state (locked
or unlocked) of the doors.
LED on: doors locked. Press the button ≈again to unlock all
doors and switch the LED off:
LED off: doors unlocked. Press the button ≈ again to lockall doors. The doors will be locked only if all the doors are properly shut.
Once the doors have been locked via the remote control or the key
pawl, it will no longer be possible to unlock them by pressing button ≈.
IMPORTANT With the central locking function on, pull the insidelever on the passenger’s door to unlock the door (the LED will stayon). All doors will be unlocked if the inside lever on the driver’s
door is pulled.
IMPORTANT The rear doors cannot be opened from the inside when
the child lock is engaged.
If a power supply is not present (blown fuse, battery disconnected, etc.) it is, however, possible to lock the doors manually.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 66

A0K0145m

95

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 96

CHILD LOCKSGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYThis system prevents the rear doors from being opened from theinside.
This device A-fig. 67 can be engaged only with rear doors open:❍ position 1 - device engaged (door locked);❍ position 2 - device not engaged (door may be opened from theinside).
The device remains engaged even if the doors are unlocked remotely.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

IMPORTANT The rear doors cannot be opened from the inside when
the child lock is engaged.

Always use this device when carrying children.

After engaging the child lock on both rear doors,
check for proper engagement by trying to open arear door with the internal handle.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
96

fig. 67

A0K0167m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 97

DOOR LOCK EMERGENCY DEVICE
Front passenger door
The front passenger door has a device to lock it when there is no
current. To lock it, fit the metal insert of the ignition key in the seat
A-fig. 67a and move it upwards.

The door lock knob can be realigned (only when the battery charge
has been restored) as follows:❍ press button Ë on the key;
❍ press ≈ on the instrument panel to lock/unlock the doors;❍ open the front door by inserting the key in the pawl;❍ pull the internal door handle.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

Rear passenger door
The rear doors are fitted with an emergency device that allows
the doors to be locked when there is no current.
Proceed as follows:❍ insert the metal insert on the ignition key in the seat B-fig. 67;❍ turn the key anticlockwise and then remove it from the seat B.

If the child lock was engaged and the previously
described locking procedure carried out, operating
the internal handle will not open the door but will
only realign the door lock knobs. To open the door, theoutside handle must be used. The door central locking/unlocking button is not disabled by the engagementof the emergency lock ≈.

IMPORTANT If the battery is disconnected or the protection fuseblows, the luggage compartment opening/closing mechanism must
be reinitialised as follows:❍ shut all the doors;❍ press button Á on the key or door locking/unlocking button≈ on the instrument panel;❍ press button Ë on the key or door locking/unlocking button≈ on the instrument panel.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 67a

A0K0275m

97

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 98

CONTROLS fig. 68

ELECTRIC WINDOWSThe window winders work with the ignition key at MAR and forapproximately three minutes after turning the key to STOP or extracting it and opening one of the front doors.
The control buttons are located in the door panels (the driver’s door
panel can be used to operate all the windows).
An anti-pinch device is operated when the front and rear windows
are wound up.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Front door driver’s side
A. opening/closing left hand front window; “continuous automatic” operation during window opening/closing stage;B. opening/closing right hand front window; “continuous automatic” operation during window opening/closing stage;
C. enabling/disabling of rear door electric window controls;
D. opening/closing left hand rear window (for versions/markets,
where provided); “continuous automatic” operation during window opening/closing stage;
E. opening/closing right hand rear window (for versions/markets,
where provided); “continuous automatic” operation during window opening/closing stage;
Press the buttons to open/close the required window. When oneof the two buttons is pressed briefly, the window moves in stages;
if the button is held down, “continuous automatic” operation is activated both for closing and opening. If the button is pressed again
the window will stop in its current position. Holding the buttonpressed for a few seconds, the window automatically raises or lowers (only with key on MAR).
Front door passenger’s side/rear doors(for versions/markets, where provided)

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

On the passenger side front door control panel, and on some versions also on the rear doors, buttons F-fig. 68 are provided to control the relevant windows

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
98

fig. 68

A0K0067m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 99

Anti-pinch device
The car is equipped with an anti-pinch safety device for the upwards
motion of the windows.
The windows are fitted with an anti-pinch safety system that detects the presence of an obstacle when they are closing and cutsin by stopping the window and reversing it according to the position of the window. This device is also useful when the windows
are activated accidentally by children on board the car.
The anti-pinch function is active both during manual and automatic operation of the electric windows. Following the intervention of
the anti-pinch system, the window travel is immediately interrupted and subsequently reversed until the lower end of travel isreached. The window cannot be operated in any way during thistime.
IMPORTANT If the anti-pinch protection intervenes 5 consecutive
times within a minute or is faulty, the automatic closing operationof the window is inhibited, only allowing it in steps of half a second; the button is released for the subsequent manoeuvre.
Open the concerned window to restore correct operation of the system.

IMPORTANT With ignition key at STOP or removed, the electric windows remain active for about 3 minutes and are deactivated themoment a door is opened.
IMPORTANT On some versions when the Ë button on the remotecontrol is pressed for longer than 2 seconds the windows will open,
whilst if the Á button is pressed for longer than 2 seconds thewindows will close.

The system conforms to the 2000/4/EC standard
concerning the safety of passengers leaning out ofthe passenger compartment.

Incorrect use of the electric windows may be dangerous. Before and during operation, always check thatno passenger is at risk of being injured directly by
the moving window or by objects getting caught in or draggedby the window. When leaving the car, always remove the key
from the ignition device to avoid the risk of injury due to accidental operation of the electric windows. This is a danger tothe people still on board.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
99

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 100

Electric window system initialisation

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

The system must be re-initialised after disconnecting the battery
or if the relevant protection fuse is blown.
Initialisation procedure:❍ fully close the window manually to initialise;❍ after the window has reached the upper end of travel, hold theup button pressed for at least one second.
IMPORTANT For versions/markets where provided, following thedisconnection of the power supply (replacing or disconnecting thebattery or replacing the protection fuse for the electric window control units), the automatic setting for the electric windows must be
reset.

The reset operation should be carried out with the doors closed
according to the following procedure:
1. completely lower the driver-side window and keep the buttonpressed for at least 3 seconds once the end of travel position
has been reached (lower end stop);
2. completely raise the driver-side window and keep the buttonpressed for at least 3 seconds once the end of travel position
has been reached (upper end stop);
3. repeat stages 1 and 2 also for the passenger’s window
4. check that the initialisation has taken place correctly by checking the automatic operation of the windows.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
100

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 101

BOOT

Emergency opening from the inside

The boot is unlocked electrically operated and this is deactivatedwhen the car is in motion.
OPENING

Proceed as follows:❍ remove the rear head restraints and completely fold back theseats (see the paragraph on “Expanding the boot”);❍ press lever A-fig. 70.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

When unlocked, the boot can be opened from outside by pressing
the electric logo fig. 69 until a click is heard or by pressing R button on the remote control.
The direction indicators and internal light will blink twice when
the boot is opened: the light will go out automatically when theboot is closed. If the boot is left open, the light will go out automatically after several minutes.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 69

A0K0068m

fig. 70

A0K0069m

101

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 102

CLOSING

BOOT INITIALISATIONTo close, lower the tailgate and press down near the lock until
you hear it click. Handles A-fig. 71 are provided on the inside of
the tailgate to help grasping to close the tailgate.

IMPORTANT If the battery is disconnected or the protection fuseblows, the boot opening/closing mechanism must be reinitialised
as follows:❍ close all the doors and the boot;❍ press button Á on the remote control;❍ press button Ë on the remote control.

IMPORTANT Before closing the boot make sure that you have thekeys with you because the boot will be locked automatically.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
102

fig. 71

A0K0181m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 103

EXPANDING THE BOOT

Removing the parcel shelf

The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3) or totally extended by
splitting the rear seat. See the descriptions in “Removing theparcel shelf” and “Folding back the seats” paragraphs for how to
expand the boot.

Proceed as follows:❍ free the ends of the two links A-fig. 72 supporting the parcel
shelf B, releasing eyelets C from supporting pins D;❍ release the pins A-fig. 73 on the outer side of the shelf, and thenremove the shelf B by pulling it outwards.
❍ after removal, the parcel shelf can be loaded sideways into theboot or placed between the front seat backrests and the folded-back rear seats (with the luggage compartment completely expanded).

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 72

A0K0070m

fig. 73

A0K0182m

103

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 104

Folding back the seats

Repositioning the rear seat

Proceed as follows:❍ raise the head restraints to the maximum height, press both
buttons A and B -fig. 74 to the side of the two supports, thenremove the head restraints by sliding them upwards;❍ move the seat belts making sure that they are correctly extended and not twisted;❍ lift the lever A-fig. 75 to fold the left or right portion of the backrest and then accompany the backrest and the cushion (a red
strip B will appear when the lever A if lifted) .

Move the seat belts making sure that they are correctly extended
and not twisted.
Lift up the backrest and push it back until a click is heard for theengagement mechanism. Make sure that the red strip on levers
A-fig. 75. is no longer visible; if it is, this indicates that the backrest has not engaged. Reposition the head restraints into their housings.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
104

fig. 74

A0K0065m

fig. 75

A0K0110m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 105

SECURING YOUR LOAD
Two hooks A-fig. 76 are provided in the boot for firmly securing theload and two hooks are provided on the rear crossmember B.
IMPORTANT The maximum load which can be secured to a single
hook is 100 kg.

Heavy, unsecured baggage may cause severe injury
to passengers in case of an accident.

If you are travelling in areas with few refuelling
stations and you want to transport fuel in a sparetank, comply with the law by using only an approved, suitably secured tank. In the event of a collision
the fire risk is increased all the same.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGBAG HOOKSBag hooks are also provided inside the boot.

IN AN
EMERGENCYCARGO NET (for versions/markets, where provided)
This is useful for correctly arranging the load and/or transporting
light materials. The cargo net is available in Lineaccessori Alfa
Romeo.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 76

A0K0169m

105

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 106

BONNET

CLOSINGOPENING
Proceed as follows:❍ pull lever A-fig. 77 in the direction indicated by the arrow;❍ operate lever B in the sense indicated by the arrow and open thebonnet.
IMPORTANT Two side gas shock absorbers are provided to assist
opening the bonnet. Do not tamper with the shock absorber andaccompany the bonnet while lifting it.

Lower the bonnet to approximately 20 centimetres from the engine compartment and let it drop. Make sure that the bonnet iscompletely closed and not only fastened by the safety catch by trying to open it. If it is not perfectly closed, open the bonnet andrepeat the procedure. Do not simply press it.
IMPORTANT Always check that the bonnet is closed properly to avoid
it opening while the car is travelling.
The following plate fig. 77a is applied inside the engine compartment:

IMPORTANT Before lifting up the bonnet make sure that the windscreen wipers are in the rest position and not operational.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

For safety reasons, the bonnet must always be perfectly closed while travelling. Make sure that thebonnet is perfectly closed and that the lock is engaged. If you discover whilst driving that the lock is not
fully engaged, stop immediately and close the bonnet in
the correct manner.

Perform these operations only when the car is stationary.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
106

fig. 77

A0K0116m

fig. 77a

A0K1520g

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 107

ROOF RACK/SKI RACKThe attachments A-fig. 78 are located in the areas illustrated in the
figure and can only be reached with the doors open.
A roof rack/ski rack specific for the car is available from Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo.

After having travelled several kilometres check thatthe attachment fixing screws are still securely fastened.

Distribute the load uniformly and when drivingtake into consideration the increased sensitivity
to cross winds.

Always obey local legislation regarding maximum
load size.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

Never exceed the maximum permitted load(see the “Technical Specifications” chapter) .

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 78

A0K0117m

107

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 108

HEADLIGHTS

Adjusting headlight alignment

ADJUSTING THE LIGHT BEAM
The correct orientation of the headlights is important for the driver’s comfort and safety as well as for all other road users. It is also a specific rule of the highway code.
The headlights must be correctly directed to ensure the best visibility conditions for all drivers. To check and, if necessary, adjust
the alignment contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
HEADLIGHT ALIGNMENT CORRECTORThis device works with the ignition key in the MAR position and thedipped headlights on.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Press Ò and  to adjust (fig. 79). The display located on the instrument panel provides a visual indication of the adjusted position.
Position 0 – one or two passengers in the front seats.
Position 1 – 4 passengers.
Position 2 – 4 passengers + load in the boot.
Position 3 – driver + maximum permitted load in the boot.
IMPORTANT Check the adjustment every time the load carriedchanges.
IMPORTANT If the vehicle is equipped with Bi-xenon headlights,
headlight alignment is carried out automatically and therefore buttons Ò and  are not present.
FOG LIGHT ADJUSTMENT(for versions/markets, where provided)
To check and, if necessary, adjust the alignment contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHTS WHEN ABROADTECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

The dipped beam headlights are aligned to comply with the regulations of the country of purchase. When driving in countries witha different driving direction, to avoid blinding the drivers travellingin the opposite direction, it is necessary to cover the areas of thebeam according to the provisions of the Highway Code of the country you are driving in.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
108

fig. 79

A0K0094m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 109

ABS SYSTEMSYSTEM INTERVENTION

ABS is an integral part of the braking system, which prevents thewheels from locking when braking, makes the most of road grip
and gives the best control when performing emergency braking under difficult road conditions.
The EBD system (Electronic Braking Force Distribution) completes
the system, allowing the brake force to be distributed between thefront and rear wheels.
IMPORTANT For maximum efficiency of the braking system, a bedding-in period of about 500 km is needed: during this period it isbetter to avoid sharp, repeated and prolonged braking.

The brake pedal pulsates slightly and the system gets noisier: itmeans that the speed should be altered to suit the type of road surface.

If the ABS intervenes, it means you have almost
reached the limit of grip between the tyres and theroad surface: slow down to make sure you can use
the available grip.

The ABS gets the most out of the available grip,
but it cannot increase it; you must therefore always
take care when driving on skiddy roads. Do nottake any unnecessary risks.

When the ABS intervenes and you notice the brake
pedal pulsating, do not be afraid to keep the pedal pushed down. This will help you to stop in the
shortest distance possible, depending on the road conditions.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
109001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 110

VDC SYSTEM(Vehicle Dynamics Control)

HILL HOLDER SYSTEM

This is an electronic system that controls vehicle stability in theevent of tyre grip loss, helping maintain directional control. The system is capable of recognising potentially dangerous situations interms of the stability and intervenes automatically on the brakes
in a differentiated manner for the four wheels in order to provide
a stabilizing torque.
The VDC, in turn, includes the following systems:❍ Hill Holder❍ ASR❍ Brake Assist
❍ MSR
❍ CBC
❍ “ELECTRONIC Q2” (“E-Q2”)
❍ DST
❍ RAB

This system is an integral part of the VDC system and it is provided
to facilitate starting on slopes.
It is activated automatically in the following instances:❍ uphill: car standing on a road with a gradient of more than 5%,
engine on, brake pedals pressed and gearbox in neutral or gear
(other than reverse) engaged;❍ downhill: car at a standstill on a road with a gradient higher
than 5%, engine running, brake pedal pressed and reverse gear
engaged.
When setting off the VDC system control unit maintains the braking pressure at the wheels until the engine torque required for departure is reached or for approximately 2 seconds, allowing yourright foot to be moved easily from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
If the car does not start off after this time, the system will deactivate automatically by gradually releasing the brake force. A noise
may be heard: this means that the car is about to start moving.

SYSTEM INTERVENTION
This is signalled by warning light á blinking on the instrument
panel to inform the driver that stability and grip conditions are
critical.

IMPORTANT the Hill Holder system should not be used as a handbrake. Do not leave the vehicle without having engaged the handbrake, switched off the engine and engaged a gear.

SYSTEM ACTIVATIONCONTENTS

The VDC system switches on automatically each time the engine
is started and cannot be switched off.

Alfawiki.nl
110001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 111

ASR SYSTEM (AntiSlip Regulation)
It is an integral part of the VDC system. It intervenes automatically if one or both of the drive wheels is slipping, there is a loss ingrip on a wet surface (aquaplaning), acceleration on slippery, snowcovered or icy surfaces, etc.
Depending on how slippery the road is, two different control systems are activated:❍ if the slipping involves both drive wheels, the ASR intervenes
reducing the power transmitted by the engine;❍ if the slipping only involves one of the drive wheels, the ASR
intervenes automatically braking the wheel that is slipping.

If the space saver wheel is used, the VDC system
keeps operating. Be aware however that the spacesaver wheel, being smaller than the original wheel,
provides less grip.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYThe performance of the VDC and ASR systems
should not encourage the driver to take unnecessary risks. Your driving style should always takeroad conditions, visibility and traffic into account. The driver is always ultimately responsible for road safety.

In order for the ESP and ASR systems to operatecorrectly, it is essential that the tyres are of thesame brand and type on all wheels, in perfect condition and, above all, of the specified type, brand and size.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
111

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 112

BRAKE ASSIST(emergency braking assistance)“ELECTRONIC Q2” SYSTEM (“E-Q2”)

The system, which cannot be turned off, recognises emergency
braking (on the basis of the brake pedal operating speed) andspeeding up the response of the braking system. The Brake
Assist function is deactivated in the event of VDC system fault.
MSR SYSTEM(Motor Schleppmoment Regelung)This system is an integral part of the ABS, that intervenes, if there
is a sudden change to a lower gear, restoring torque to the engine,
thereby preventing excessive drive at the drive wheels which, especially in poor grip conditions, could lead to a loss in stability.
CBC SYSTEM (Cornering Braking Control)
This system improves the distribution of the braking pressure at thefour wheels (to fully exploit the grip available on the ground) whenbraking round bends when the ABS intervenes. This improves stopping distances and above all vehicle stability when cornering.

The “Electronic Q2” system uses the braking system to create aneffect similar to a limited slip differential.
The front braking circuit, when accelerating around a corner, actson the inside wheel to increase the drive to the outside wheel (increased load), dynamically and continuously distributing the torquebetween the front drive wheels according to driving and road conditions.
The system, combined with Mc Pherson front suspension, allows
particularly effective, sporty driving.
DST SYSTEM (Dynamic Steering Torque)This function integrates Dual Pinion active steering into the operation of VDC. For particular manoeuvres, VDC controls the steering
to actuate a steering torque and assist the driver in the best possible way. The system operates the brakes and steering in a coordinated manner to increase the suspension and safety level of the
car as a whole. The steering provides addition torque on the steering wheel.
RAB SYSTEM (Ready Alert Brake)(“Dynamic” mode only)
By pre-approaching the brake pads (front and rear) after rapid accelerator release, this function provides prompter braking and reduces stopping distance.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
112

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 113“Alfa DNA” SYSTEM(Dynamic control system)

DRIVING MODES

This device allows, using switch A-fig. 80 (on the central tunnel),three response modes to be selected according to driving styleand road conditions:❍ d = Dynamic (for sporty driving)❍ n = Normal (normal driving mode)❍ a = All Weather (driving mode for poor grip conditions, i.e. rain
and snow on the road)
The device also acts on the dynamic vehicle control systems (engine, steering, VDC system, instrument panel).
When the lever A-fig. 80 is moved to “d” position, the activationof “Dynamic” mode is confirmed by a temporary variation in thebrightness (flashing) of the instrument panel.

Switch A-fig. 80 is a monostable switch, i.e. it always remains in thecentral position. The selected driving mode is indicated by the corresponding LED coming on in the panel and by an indication on the reconfigurable multifunction display, as illustrated below:
Dynamic mode
(display image available forversions/markets where
provided)

All Weather mode

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING
A0K0010m

A0K0009m

IN AN
EMERGENCY“Normal” mode
When “Normal” mode is selected, no messages or symbols areshown on the display.
VDC and ASR: operating thresholds set for normal comfort level for normal driving conditions.
Steering tuning: functions aimed at providing comfort in normal conditions of use.
DST: Standard braking control coordinated with ABS/VDC.
Standard control over lateral acceleration.
Oversteer compensation: a slight pulse on the steering wheel
encourages the driver to carry out the most appropriate manoeuvre.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 80

A0K0072m

Engine: Standard responsiveness113

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 114

Electronic Q2: improves traction and reduces understeer in acceleration while exiting curves.

TURNING “Dynamic” MODE ON/OFFOn
Move lever A-fig. 80 upwards (to the letter “d”) and hold in thisposition for 0.5 seconds until the corresponding LED lights up or
the word “Dynamic” appears on the display (see figures). The
switch A will go back to central position after having been released.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTSRAB: pre-positioning of the brake pads (front and rear) following
a rapid release of the accelerator pedal to reduce braking
times, shorten stopping distances and improve the feel ofthe brake pedal.
The activation of the Dynamic mode is also shown by the change
in the instrument panel lighting that, after decreasing, reaches
the highest luminosity and then returns to the previously set values.
Off

A0K1055g

A0K1225g

VDC and ASR: intervention thresholds that allow more enjoyable, sportier driving whilst guaranteeing stability in the event of loss of control. Improves traction whilst accelerating on bends.

To turn “Dynamic” mode off and go back to “Normal” mode, movethe lever as described above once again. In this case, the LED corresponding to “Normal” mode will light up and the words “Normal on” will appear on the reconfigurable multifunction display(see figure).

Steering tuning: sports mode operation.
DST:Standard brake control coordinated with ABS/VDC.
Standard control over lateral acceleration
Oversteer compensation adapted to VDC/ASR intervention
thresholds: a slight pulse on the steering wheel encourage
the driver to carry the most appropriate manoeuvre.
Engine: Prompter response + Overboost to maximise torque (forversions/markets, where provided).

Alfawiki.nl
114

A0K1052g

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 115

TURNING “All Weather” MODE ON/OFF

On

On
Move switch A-fig. 80 downwards (to the letter “a”) and hold inthis position for 0.5 seconds until the corresponding LED lights up
or the word “All Weather” appears on the display (see figures).

A0K1180g

A0K1226g

VDC and ASR: intervention thresholds to ensure maximum safety and control even in critical conditions (e.g. rain,snow, etc.).

To disengage “All Weather” mode and return to “Normal”, carryout the same procedure described for“Dynamic” mode, however
moving lever A-fig. 80 to “a”.
IMPORTANT❍ It is not possible to go directly from “Dynamic” mode to “All
Weather” mode and vice versa. You must always first go backto “Normal” mode and then select the other mode.
❍ “Dynamic” mode was engaged when the engine was switched
off, the next time it is started “Normal” mode is automatically selected. If, however, “All Weather” or “Normal”, was engaged when the engine was switched off, the selected mode
is maintained the next time it is started.
❍ “Dynamic” mode cannot be engaged at speeds of above 110
km/h.
❍ In the event of system failure or a fault with lever A-fig. 80,
no driving modes can be selected. The display will show a warning message.

Steering wheel tuning: Standard comfort.
DST: Higher brake control coordinated with ABS/VDC.
Standard control over lateral acceleration
Oversteer compensation adapted to VDC/ASR intervention
thresholds: a slight pulse on the steering wheel encourages the driver to carry the most appropriate manoeuvre.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSEngine: Standard response

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
115

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 116

START&STOP SYSTEMOPERATING MODES(for versions/markets, where provided)

Engine stopping mode

The Start&Stop system automatically stops the engine wheneverthe car is stationary and starts it again when the driver wants tomove off. This improves the efficiency of the vehicle by reducing
fuel consumption, the emission of harmful gases and noise pollution.

With the car at a standstill, the engine stops with the gearbox inneutral and the clutch released.

The system is active every time the engine is started.

Symbol U fig. 81 appears on the display when the engine stops.

NOTE The engine can only be stopped automatically after a speedof about 10 km/h is reached, to prevent the engine from being
repeatedly stopped when driving at walking pace.

Engine restarting mode
Press the clutch pedal to restart the engine.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
116

fig. 81

A0K0163m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 117

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON/OFF MANUALLY

FAILED ENGINE CUT-OUT CONDITIONS

Press T fig. 82 on the dashboard to turn the system on and off
manually.

When the system is operating, due to comfort, emission control
and safety reasons, the engine does not stop in some conditions,among which:❍ engine still cold;❍ very cold outside temperature;❍ battery not sufficiently charged;❍ heated rear windscreen on;❍ windscreen wipers working at maximum speed;❍ particulate filter regeneration in progress (diesel engines only);❍ driver’s door not shut;❍ driver’s seat belt not fastened❍ reverse gear engaged (for example, for parking manoeuvres);❍ for versions equipped with dual zone automatic climate control
system (for versions/markets, where provided), if an adequatelevel of thermal comfort has not been reached or MAX-DEF function activation;❍ during the first period of use, to initialize the system;

Turning the Start&Stop system on
A message will appear on the display when the Start&Stop system
is on. In this condition, LED A-fig. 82 located over button T is off.
Turning the Start&Stop on❍ Versions with multifunction display: a message will appear on
the display when the Start&Stop system is off.
❍ Versions with reconfigurable multifunction display: symbol T
and a message will appear on the display when the Start&Stop
system is off.
LED A-fig. 82 is on when the system is off.

In these cases, a message is shown on the display and the symbol U will blink (the latter for versions/markets, where provided).

If climate comfort is to be favoured, theStart&Stop system can be disabled, for a continuous operation of the climate control system.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 82

A0K0121m

117

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 118

RESTARTING CONDITIONS

Notes

For reasons of comfort, limiting harmful emissions and safety purposes, the power unit can restart automatically without any action
on behalf of the driver if certain conditions are met, including:❍ battery not sufficiently charged;❍ windscreen wipers working at maximum speed;❍ low braking system vacuum, e.g. following the brake pedal being pressed repeatedly;❍ car in motion, for example when driving on hilly roads;❍ stopping the engine using Start&Stop longer than approximately 3 minutes;❍ for versions equipped with dual zone automatic climate control
system (for versions/markets, where provided), if an adequatelevel of thermal comfort has not been reached or MAX-DEF function activation;

If the clutch is not pressed, after 3 minutes from the engine stopping, the engine can be restarted only using the ignition key.
In cases when the engine stops and this is not desired, due forexample to the clutch pedal being released sharply with a gear
engaged, if the Start&Stop system is activated, the engine canbe restarted by fully depressing the clutch pedal or by placing thegear lever in neutral

With gear engaged, the automatic engine restarting is possible only by fully pressing the clutch pedal. This operation is indicated tothe driver by means of a message on the display and by symbol
U blinking (the latter for versions/markets, where provided).

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
118

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 119

SAFETY FUNCTIONSSTORING THE CAR

When the engine is stopped by the Start&Stop system, if the driver releases his/her seat belt and opens the driver’s or passenger’sdoor, the engine can be restarted only using the ignition key.

In the case of storage, special care must be taken to disconnect thebattery electrical power supply.

This condition is indicated to the driver by means of a buzzer andby the symbol U blinking on the display (with a message, forversions/markets, where provided).
ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION(for versions/markets, where provided)If, as a result of the engine automatic restarting, the driver does notcarry out any action on the vehicle for over 3 minutes, the Start&Stop
system stops the engine once and for all, to prevent fuel consumption. In these cases, the engine can be restarted only using the ignition key.

Proceed as follows: detach the connector A-fig. 83 (by pressing button B) from sensor C for monitoring the status of the battery installed on the battery negative pole D. This sensor should never
be disconnected from the pole except if the battery is replaced.

In case of battery replacement, always contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. Replace the battery using a new one of the same type (HEAVY
DUTY) and having the same specifications.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYNOTE In any case, it is possible to keep the engine running by deactivating the Start&Stop system.
IRREGULAR OPERATIONSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

In the event of malfunction, the Start&Stop system is deactivated.
The driver is informed of the fault by the flashing U symbol (versions with multifunction display) or j symbol (versions with reconfigurable multifunction display). For versions/markets, where
provided, a message is also displayed. In this case, contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 83

A0K0179m

119

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 120

EMERGENCY STARTING

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

When jump starting, never connect the negative lead (–) of theauxiliary battery to the negative pole A-fig. 84 of the car battery,but rather to an engine/gearbox earth point.

SAFETY

Before opening the engine hood, make sure thatthe engine is off and that the ignition key is in STOP
position. Follow the instructions on the plate affixed on the front crossmember (fig. 85). You are advised
to extract the key when other people are inside the car.
Remove the ignition key or turn it to the STOP position before leaving the car. During refuelling, make sure that theengine is off and the key is in STOP position.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
120

fig. 84

A0K0180m

fig. 85

A0K0224m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 121

EOBD SYSTEM(European On Board Diagnosis)

DUAL PINION ACTIVE STEERING(for versions/markets, where provided)
The aim of the EOBD (European On Board Diagnosis) system is to:❍ to monitor system efficiency;❍ indicate an increase in emissions;❍ to warn of the need to replace deteriorated components.
The car also has a diagnostic connector that can be interfacedwith appropriate tools, which makes it possible to read the error
codes stored in the electronic control units together with a seriesof specific parameters for engine operation and diagnosis. This
check can also be carried out by the traffic police.
IMPORTANT After eliminating a fault, to check the system completely, Alfa Romeo Authorized Services are obliged to run tests
and, if necessary, road tests which may also call for a long journey.

This only operates with the key turned to MAR and the engine started. The steering allows the force required at the steering wheel
to be adjusted to suit driving conditions. The different power assistance modes can be selected via the d,n,a positions of the"Alfa
DNA System" lever (see paragraph entitled "Alfa DNA System").
IMPORTANT The steering system will need to be initialised after
disconnecting the battery. A warning light will come on to indicate
this. Simply turn the steering wheel all the way from one end to theother or simply drive in a straight line for a few hundred metres.

Under no circumstances should aftermarket operations be carried out involving steering systemor steering column modifications (e.g. installationof anti-theft device). This could negatively affect performance and safety, invalidate the warranty, cause serious
safety problems and also result in non-compliance of the
car with type-approval requirements.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
121

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 122

CAR RADIO SET-UP

Fit the car radio in the compartment A-fig. 86 which can be reachedby pressing the two tabs B located in the compartment itself: thepower wires are located in the compartment.

(for versions/markets, where provided)
If no car radio was requested at the time of purchase, the vehicle
is provided with a compartment on the dashboard fig. 86.
The radio set-up is composed of:❍ car radio power supply cables, front and rear loudspeakers andan aerial;❍ radio compartment;❍ aerial on the roof.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
122

fig. 86

A0K0134m

When connecting a car radio to the radio wiringcontact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to prevent
any faults from occurring that might compromise
the safety of your car.

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 123

PORTABLE NAVIGATION SYSTEMSETUP (for versions/markets, where provided)

INSTALLING ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC DEVICES

On cars equipped with the Blue&Me™ system, a setup for installing a Blue&Me™ TomTom® portable navigation system may
be provided (optional). The system is available from Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo.

Electric and electronic devices installed after buying the car in thecontext of after-sales service must carry the following label: e CE.
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. authorises the installation of transceiving devices provided that they are installed by a specialised centre according to rules of good engineering practice in compliancewith the manufacturer’s instructions.

Install the navigation system by inserting the specific support bracket into the housing shown in fig. 87.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

IMPORTANT Traffic police may not allow the car on the road if devices have been fitted which modify the features of the car. This
may also invalidate the warranty if faults occur that are either directly or indirectly related to the installation of these devices.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. shall not be liable for damage causedby the installation of accessories either not supplied or recommended by Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. and/or not installed in compliance with the provided instructions.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 87

A0K0143m

123

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 124

RADIO TRANSMITTERS AND CELLULAR PHONESPARKING SENSORSRadio transmitting equipment (vehicle mobile phones, CB radios,amateur radio etc.) shall not be used inside the car unless a separate aerial is mounted on the roof.

(for versions/markets, where provided)

IMPORTANT The use of these devices inside the passenger compartment (without a separate aerial) may cause the vehicle electrical systems to malfunction. This could compromise safety in addition to constituting a potential hazard for passengers’ health.
In addition, transmission and reception of these devices may be affected by the shielding effect of the car body. As far as the use of
EC-approved mobile phones is concerned (GSM, GPRS, UMTS), follow the instructions for use provided by the mobile phone manufacturer.

The parking sensors are located on the rear bumper fig. 88 andtheir function is to inform the driver, through an intermittent beeping, of the presence of obstacles behind the car.
TURNING THE SENSORS ON
The sensors are turned on when reverse gear is engaged. As the
distance from the obstacle behind the car decreases, the beeping
becomes more frequent.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
124

fig. 88

A0K0060m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 125

DISPLAY INDICATIONS(for versions/markets, where provided)
When the sensor is activated, the "Reconfigurable multifunctional
display" (for versions/markets where provided) shows the screen
illustrated in fig. 88a; the information about the presence of anddistance from the obstacle is given by the buzzer and also by avisual indication on the instrument panel display. If there are several obstacles, the closest one is indicated.

❍ remains constant if the distance between the vehicle and the
obstacle remains unchanged, whilst if this situation occurs forthe side sensors, the signal is interrupted after about 3 seconds,
for example, to prevent signals in the case of manoeuvres alongside walls.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

IMPORTANT The volume of the audible signal can be adjusted through the option "Warnings volume" of the "Set-Up menu".

SAFETYOPERATION WITH TRAILERBUZZER WARNINGS
When reverse gear is engaged a buzzer warning is automatically
activated if there is an obstacle within the range of operation.
The acoustic signal:❍ increases as the distance between the car and the obstacle decreases;❍ becomes continuous when the distance between the car andthe obstacle is less that 30 cm and stops immediately if the
distance increases;

Parking sensor operation is automatically turned off when the trailer electric cable plug is fitted into the car tow hook socket. The sensors are automatically enabled again when the trailer cable plug
is removed.

The sensor must be free of mud, dirt, snow or ice
in order for the system to work. Be careful not toscratch or damage the sensors while cleaning them.
Avoid using dry, rough or hard cloths. The sensors should
be washed using clean water with the addition of car shampoo if necessary. In washing stations, clean sensors quickly keeping the vapour jet/high pressure washing nozzles at a distance of at least 10 cm from the sensors.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 88a

A0K0059m

125001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 126

For repainting the bumpers or retouching the paintwork around the sensors contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services. Incorrect application of paintmay compromise the operation of the parking sensors.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSThe ultimate responsibility when parking and carrying out other dangerous manoeuvres still rests
with the driver. When carrying out such manoeuvres, always ensure that the manoeuvring area is freeof people (particularly children) and animals. Parking sensors are designed to assist drivers; however, you must always concentrate fully during potentially dangerous manoeuvres, even if carried out at low speeds.

GENERAL WARNINGS
During parking manoeuvres, pay the utmost attention to any obstacles that could be located above or below the sensors.
Sometimes, objects located close to the rear part of the car may
not be detected by the system and may damage the car or become
damaged themselves.
Here below are some conditions that may influence the performance of the parking system:❍ Reduced sensor sensitivity and a reduction in the parking assistance system performance could be due to the presence on
the surface of the sensor of: ice, snow, mud, thick paint.
❍ the sensor may detect a non-existent obstacle (echo noise) due
to mechanical noises, for example when washing the vehicle,
in case of rain, strong wind, hail.
❍ the signals sent by the sensors can also be altered by the presence of ultrasound devices (e.g. pneumatic brake systems orpneumatic drills) near the car;❍ sensor performance can also be influenced by the position of
the sensors. For example by a change in the ride setting (causedby the wear of the shock absorbers, suspension), overloading
the car and carrying out specific tuning operations that require
the car to be lowered;❍ the detection of obstacles at the top part of the vehicle may
not be guaranteed because the system detects obstacles that
could cause an impact with the vehicle in the bottom part.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
126

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 127

REFUELLING THE CARDIESEL ENGINES
Only use diesel fuel compliant with European specification EN590.
The use of other products or mixtures may damage the engine
beyond repair and consequently invalidate the warranty, depending on the damage caused.

Switch off the engine before refuelling.
PETROL ENGINES
Only use unleaded petrol. The petrol octane rating (RON) must not
be lower than 95.
In order to prevent damage to the catalytic converter never introduce even the smallest amount of leaded petrol, even in the eventof an emergency.

Operation at low temperatures
If the outside temperature is very low, the diesel thickens due tothe formation of paraffin clots with consequent defective operationof the fuel supply system.
In order to avoid these problems, different types of diesel are distributed according to the season: summer type, winter type andarctic type (cold, mountain areas). If refuelling with diesel fuelwhose features are not suitable for the temperature of use, it is advisable to mix TUTELA DIESEL ART additive with the fuel, in the proportions shown on the container. Pour the additive into the tankbefore the fuel.
When parking or storing the car for a long time in the mountains
or cold areas, it is advisable to refuel using locally available fuel.
In this case, it is also advisable to keep the tank over 50% full.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
127

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 128

FUEL FILLER CAP

Closing

The fuel cap is unlocked when the central locking system is released
and automatically locked when the central locking system is applied.

Release the cap B from the device D and insert it in its housing.
Tighten the cap in a clockwise direction until one or more clicks areheard. Finally, close the flap A and check that is it correctly locked.

To open

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

Press the flap A-fig. 89 to release it and reach the fuel filler cap
B. Then press the cap B and turn it anticlockwise.

The hermetic seal may cause a slight increase in pressure in thetank. A suction noise when you release the cap is therefore entirely
normal.

The cap has a loss prevention device C which secures it to the flap
so that it cannot be lost. Attach the cap to device D during refuelling.
How to open the flap in an emergency

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Do not place naked flames or lit cigarettes nearto the fuel filler: fire risk. Keep your face awayfrom the fuel tank opening to avoid breathing in
harmful vapours.

In case of emergency, pull the cord A-fig. 90 on the right-hand sideof the boot to open the fuel flap.
Pull the cord to release the lock. Then press the flap to open it.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
128

fig. 89

A0K0115m

fig. 90

A0K0222m

001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 129

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENTDIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)(for versions/markets, where provided)

The devices for reducing petrol engine emissions are the following:catalytic converter, lambda sensors and anti-evaporation system.

This is a mechanical filter, fitted in the exhaust system, which almost completely eliminates carbon particle emissions.

The following devices are used for reducing diesel fuel engine emissions: oxidising catalytic converter, exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)
and particulate filter (DPF).

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYThe catalytic converter and particulate filter (DPF)
reach very high temperatures during operation.
Do not park the vehicle on grass, dry leaves, pineneedles or other flammable material: fire hazard.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
129001-130 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:06

Pagina 130

Alfawiki.nl
blank page

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 131

SAFETYSEAT BELTS

Never press button C-fig. 92 when travelling.

USING THE SEAT BELTS
Wear the belt keeping the chest straight and rested against the backrest. To fasten the seat belts, hold tongue A-fig. 92 and insert it
into buckle B, until the locking click is heard.
If the seatbelt jams when pulling it out, let it rewind for a shortstretch and then pull it out again without jerking.
To unfasten the seat belts, press button C. Guide the seat beltwith your hand while it is rewinding, to prevent it from twisting.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYThe rear seat is fitted with inertia seat belts with three anchor points
and a reel. Fasten the rear seat belts as shown in fig. 93

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 92

A0K0160m

fig. 93

A0K0161m

131

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 132

Remember that, in the event of a violent collision,
backseat passengers not wearing seat belts represent a serious danger to the front-seat passengers as well as to themselves.

IMPORTANT When putting the back seats back to their normal position, make sure the seat belts are positioned so they are readyto use.

IMPORTANT The backrest is correctly secured when the “red band”
B-fig. 94 in the backrest lowering levers A disappears. This red band
indicates that the backrest is not secured.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
132

fig. 94

A0K0110m

Make sure the backrest is properly secured on bothsides (red bands B-fig. 94 not visible) to prevent itfrom moving forward in the event of sharp braking, which may cause injuries to passengers.

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 133

SBR SYSTEM(Seat Belt Reminder)This system comprises of an acoustic signal, which in conjunction
with the < warning light flashing on the instrument panel display,warns the driver and front passenger if their seat belts have notbeen fastened.

On some versions there is also a panel (provided as an alternative
to the warning lights on the instrument panel) located above therear-view mirror fig. 95, which warns the front and back seat passengers via acoustic and visual signals if their seat belts have notbeen fastened.
Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to deactivate this systempermanently. The SBR system can only be reactivated via the display Set Up Menu (see chapter “Knowing your car”).
The red and green warning lights work as follows fig. 95:❍ 1 = front left seat (this indicates the driver’s seat state in lefthand drive versions)❍ 2 = rear left seat (passenger)❍ 3 = rear middle seat (passenger)❍ 4 = rear right seat (passenger)❍ 5 = front right seat (this indicates the passenger seat state inright-hand drive versions)

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 95

A0K0075m

133131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 134

Front seats (warning light no. 1 = driver andno. 5 = passenger)

Rear seats (warning light no. 2, no. 3
and no. 4)

Driver
If the driver is the only occupant and the seat belt is not fastened,
when 20 km/h is exceeded or when travelling at a speed from 10
to 20 km/h for longer than 5 seconds, an acoustic signal sequence
will be started (front seats) consisting of a tone for 6 seconds followed by a 90 second beep. The warning light will blink. Once thecycle is complete, the warning lights stay on with a fixed light until the car is turned off. The acoustic signal will be interrupted immediately when the driver’s seat belt is fastened and the warning
light will turn green.

The signalling cycle is run only when any rear seat belt is unfastened (blinking red). In this condition, the warning light referredto the seat belt which has been unfastened will start blinking (red)for approximately 30 seconds. An acoustic signal will also sound.

If the seat belt is again unfastened when the car is in motion, theacoustic signal and the red warning light blinking resume as described previously.

Passenger
A similar solution applies for the front passenger, with the difference that the warning light turns green and the signal is interrupted
also when the passenger leaves the car.

The visual signal (blinking red) will start and end independently foreach warning light if several seat belts are unfastened. The visualsignal will turn green after the corresponding seat has been fastened.
The rear seat warning lights will go out, regardless of the state of
the belt (red or green) approximately 30 seconds after the last signal.
WARNINGS
All warning lights will remain off if all the seat belts (front and rear)
are already fastened when the key it turned to MAR.
All the warning lights will come on when at least one belt changes
from fastened to unfastened status or vice versa.

If both front seat belts are unfastened with the car in motion a few
seconds apart, the acoustic signal will refer to the most recent event
while the two warning lights will issue a visual signal independently.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
134131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 135

PRETENSIONERSLOAD LIMITERS

The car is equipped with front seat belt pretensioners, which draw
back the seat belts by several centimetres in the event of a strong
frontal impact. This guarantees the perfect adherence of the seatbelts to the occupant’s bodies before the retention action begins.
It is evident that the pretensioners have operated when the belt
withdraws toward the reel.
This car is also equipped with a second pretensioner (in the kickplate area). Its activation is signalled by the shortening of the metal cable.
A small amount of smoke may be produced when the pretensioners cut in. This smoke is not toxic and does not indicate a fire.
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest degree of protection from the action of the pretensioner, wear the seat belt, keeping it close to
the chest and pelvis.
The pretensioner does not require any maintenance or lubrication.
Anything that modifies its original conditions invalidates its efficiency. If, due to unusual natural events (floods, sea storms, etc.),
the device has been affected by water and mud, it must be replaced.

To increase protection in case of an accident, the front seat beltreels are equipped with a device which modulates the force acting on the chest and shoulders during the belt restraining actionin the event of a frontal impact.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYThe pretensioner can be used only once. Once it
has activated contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to have it replaced. See the label inside theglove box to check the expiration date of the device: goto Alfa Romeo Authorized Services when it is time to replace it.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY
Operations which lead to impacts, vibrations or localised heating (over 100°C for a maximum of six
hours) in the area around the pretensioners may
damage or deploy them. These devices are not affectedby vibrations caused by uneven road surfaces or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services to intervene.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
135131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 136

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR USINGTHE SEAT BELTS
Respect and ensure that all the other occupants of the car respect
the local laws in force regarding the use of seat belts. Always
fasten the seat belts before starting off.
Seat belts must also be worn by pregnant women: the risk of injury in the event of an accident is reduced for them and the unborn
child if they are wearing a seat belt.
Pregnant women must position the lower part of the belt very
low down so that it passes under the abdomen fig. 96.

The seat belt must not be twisted. The upper part must cross theshoulder and the chest diagonally. The lower part must adhere to
the hips fig. 97, not to the abdomen. Do not use devices (clips,etc.) to hold the seat belt away from your body.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

For maximum safety, keep the back of your seat
upright, lean back into it and make sure the seatbelt fits closely across your chest and hips. Always
fasten the seat belts on both the front and the rear seats.
Travelling without seat belts will increase the risk of severe
injury and even death in the event of an accident.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
136

fig. 96

A0K0011m

fig. 97

A0K0012m

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 137

Each seat belt should be used by only one person at a time: never travel with a child sitting on the passenger’s lap with a single
belt to protect them both fig. 98. Do not fasten other objects tothe body.

Never disassemble or tamper with the seat belt
or pretensioner components. All operations mustbe performed by qualified and authorised personnel. Always contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

If the belt has been subjected to heavy strain, forexample after an accident, it must changed completely together with the anchors, anchor fastening screws and the pretensioner. Even if the belt has no
visible defects, it could have lost its resilience.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSEAT BELT MAINTENANCE❍ Always use the seat belts with the belt taut and never twisted; make sure that it is free to run smoothly;❍ replace the belt after a serious accident, even if it does notappear damaged. Always replace the belt if the pretensioners
were deployed.
❍ To clean the seat belts, hand wash with water and neutral soap,
rinse and leave to dry in the shade. Do not use strong detergents, bleach, paints or any other chemicals which could damage the belt fibres.
❍ prevent the reels from getting wet: their correct operation is
guaranteed only if water does not get inside;❍ replace the seat belt when it shows significant wear or cuts.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 98

A0K0013m

137

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 138

CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY
For optimum protection in the event of a crash, all passengers must
be seated and wearing adequate restraint systems. This is evenmore important for children. This prescription is compulsory in all
EC countries according to EC Directive 2003/20/EC. Comparedwith an adult, a child’s head is larger and heavier in proportion to
his/her body and the child’s muscular and bone structures are
not fully developed. For this reason, they require restraint systems
which are different from those used by adults to protect them inthe event of an accident.
The result of research in relation to the best protection for children is illustrated in European Regulation ECE-R44, which divides
child seats into five groups in addition to making their use compulsory:
Group 0
up to 10 kg
Group 0+ up to 13 kgGroup 1
9-18 kgGroup 2
15-25 kgGroup 322-36 kgLineaccessori Alfa Romeo includes child seats for each weight group.
These devices are recommended, having been specifically designed
for Alfa Romeo cars.

All restraint devices must bear the type-approval data along withthe control mark on a label firmly secured to the child seat whichmust never be removed. When over 1.50 m in height, from thepoint of view of restraint systems, children are considered as adults
and have to wear the standard seat belts.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
138

Do not arrange child seats facing backwards if thefront air bag on the passenger’s side is enabled.
Deployment of the air bag in an accident could
cause fatal injuries to the baby regardless of the severityof the collision. It is advisable to carry children in dedicated child seats on the rear seat, which is the most protected position in the event of an accident.

Should it be absolutely necessary to carry a childon the front seat in a cradle seat facing backwards,
the passenger’s front air bag and side bag should
be deactivated by using the Set-Up Menu. Deactivation can be verified by checking the “ warning light in the instrument panel. Also, the passenger seatshould be adjusted as far back as possible to avoid contact between the child seat and the dashboard.

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 139

FITTING “UNIVERSAL” CHILD SEAT
(with seat belts)

GROUP 1 fig. 100
From 9 to 18 kg of weight, children may be carried facing forward.

GROUP 0 and 0+ fig. 99
Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facing backwards on a cradle
seat, which, by supporting the head, does not induce stress on
the neck in the event of sharp deceleration. The cradle is restrainedby the car seat belts, as shown in the diagram, and in turn it must
restrain the child with its own belts.

The diagrams are indicative and provided for assembly purposes only. Fit the child seat according to
the instructions that must be supplied with the seat.

There are seats with Isofix hooks which enable secure fastening to the seat without using the car’sseat belts.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 99

A0K0014m

fig. 100

A0K0129m

139131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 140

GROUP 2 fig. 101

GROUP 3 fig. 102

Children from 15 to 25 kg can be secured using the car seat belts
directly. The child seat is needed only to position the child correctlywith respect to the belts so that the diagonal section crosses thechild’s chest and never the neck, and the lower part is snug on
the hips not the abdomen.

For children between 22 kg and 36 kg, there are boosters allowing the seat belt to fit correctly.
Fig. 102 shows proper child seat positioning on the rear seat.

SAFETYThe diagrams are indicative and provided for assembly purposes only. For assembly, refer to the
instructions supplied with the child seat.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
140

fig. 101

A0K0016m

fig. 102

A0K0017m

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 141

SUITABILITY OF PASSENGER SEATS FOR CHILD SEAT USE
The car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC which governs the arrangement possibilities for child seats on the various seats of the car as shown in the following table:
Weight range

Front
passenger

Rear side and middle
passenger

up to 13 kg

U (*)

U

Group 1

9-18 kg

U (*)

UGroup 2

15-25 kg

U (*)

UGroup 322-36 kg

U (*)

U

Group
Group 0, 0+

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYKey:
U = suitable for restraint systems in the “Universal” category, according to European Standard ECE-R44 for the specified “Groups”.
(*) With seat adjustable in height, position the backrest upright.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
141131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 142

Main safety rules to be followed
when carrying children:❍ install the child seats on the rear seat, which is the most protected position in the event of an accident.
❍ when the passenger front air bag is deactivated always checkthat the F warning light remains permanently lit to confirm
the deactivation;❍ carefully follow the instructions supplied with the child seat,
which are mandatory by law. Keep the instructions in the car
along with the other papers and this handbook. Do not use
child seats without instructions;❍ always check the seat belt is well fastened by pulling the belt;❍ only one child is to be strapped to each retaining system;❍ always check the seat belts do not rest around the child’s neck;❍ while travelling, do not let the child sit incorrectly or release thebelts;❍ Never carry children on your lap, even newborns. No-one could
hold on to a child in the event of an accident;❍ In the event of an accident, replace the child seat with a new
one.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
142131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 143“ISOFIX” CHILD SEAT ASSEMBLY
SETUP

Isofix systems can be fitted alongside a traditional child seat. An
example of an Universal Isofix child seat for weight group 1 isshown in fig. 103.

The car is provisioned for a Universal Isofix child seat, a new European standardised system for carrying children safely.

The other weight groups are covered by the specific Isofix child seat,
which can be used only if specifically designed, tested and approved
for this car (see car list provided with the child seat).
WARNING The centre rear seat is not certified for any type of child’s
seat.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 103

A0K0018m

143

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 144

INSTALLING A UNIVERSAL ISOFIX CHILD SEAT
Couple the child seat to the specific lower metallic rings B-fig. 104
positioned inside the rear seat backrest (lift the hinge A upwards
to access the rings) and then fix the upper belt (provided withthe seat) to the upper couplings C-fig. 105 located on the backof the backrest.
Systems can be fitted along side a traditional child seat “Universal Isofix”. Remember that when using a Universal Isofix child seat,
you can only use approved seats with the marking ECE R44/03“Universal Isofix”.
The Universal Isofix “Duo Plus” child seat and the special “G 0/1 S”
seat are available from Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo. For any further
installation/details on usage, refer to the “Instruction Manual” supplied with the child seat.

Fit the child seat when the car is stationary. The
child seat is correctly anchored to the brackets
when you hear the click. Follow the instructions for
assembly, disassembly and positioning that the child seat
manufacturer must supply.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
144

fig. 104

A0K0109m

fig. 105

A0K0108m

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 145

PASSENGER SEAT SUITABILITY FOR ISOFIX CHILD SEATS
The table below, in compliance with European Directive ECE 16, shows the different installation possibilities of Isofix seats on seats fitted with Isofix fasteners.
Weight group

CradleGroup 0 up to 10 kg

Group 0+ up to 13 kgGroup I from 9 to 18 kg

Seat
orientation

Isofixsize class

Rear passenger seat

Facing backwards

F

X

Facing backwards

G

X

Facing backwards

E

IL (*)

Facing backwards

E

IL (*)

Facing backwards

D

IL (*)

Facing backwardsC

IL (*)

Facing backwards

D

IL (*)

Facing backwardsC

IL (*)

Facing forwards

B

IUF

Facing forwards

BI

IUF

Facing forwards

A

IUF

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSIUF: suitable for forward-facing Isofix child seats, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), type-approved for use in this weight group.
X: Isofix position not suitable for Isofix retaining system in this weight group and/or size.

CONTENTS

IL (*): the Isofix child seat can be installed by adjusting the front seat.

Alfawiki.nl
145131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 146

FRONT AIRBAGS

Do not apply stickers or other objects to the steering wheel, passenger side air bag cover or upperside upholstery. Do not place objects on the passenger side dashboard because these could interfere withthe correct opening of the air bag and cause severe injury
to occupants.

The car is provided with multistage front air bags (“Smart bag”)
for driver and passenger.
“SMART BAG” SYSTEM(MULTISTAGE FRONT AIR BAGS)The front driver/passenger air bags are designed to protect occupants in the event of head-on crashes of medium-high severity,
by placing the bag between the occupant and the steering wheel
or dashboard.
Front air bags are designed to protect car’s occupants in front crashes and therefore non-activation in other types of collisions (side collisions, rear shunts, roll-overs, etc.) is not a system malfunction.
The air bag do not replace, but rather complement the use of seatbelts, which should always be worn. In the event of an impact,someone not wearing a seat belt could move forward and comeinto contact with a bag which is still in the opening phase. The protection offered by the bag is reduced in such a case.
Front air bags may not be activated in the following situations:❍ front collisions against highly deformable objects not affecting the front surface of the car (e.g. bumper collision against
guard rail, etc.);❍ car penetration under other vehicles or protective barriers (e.g.
trucks or guard rails);in these instances they could not provide any additional protection compared with seat belts, so their deployment would not be
useful. In these cases, non-deployment of the airbag does notnecessarily indicate a system malfunction.

FRONT AIR BAG ON DRIVER’S SIDE fig. 106
This is located in a dedicated compartment in the centre of the steering wheel.

Always drive with your hands on the steering wheel
rim so that the air bag can inflate freely if needed. Do not drive with your body bent forward.
Keep your back straight against the backrest.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
146

fig. 106

A0K0080m

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 147

FRONT AIRBAG ON PASSENGER’S SIDE
fig. 107

Deactivating the passenger front air bag andside bagThis is located in a dedicated compartment in the dashboard.

Deactivate the passenger front air bag and chest protection sidebags when carrying a chid on the front seat. With the air bags deactivated, the “ warning light is lit in the instrument panel.

Do not arrange cradle child seats facing backwards
if the front air bag on the passenger’s side is enabled. Deployment of the air bag in an accident
could cause fatal injuries to the baby regardless ofthe severity of the collision. Always deactivate thepassenger’s air bag when placing a child seat on the front
seat. Also, the passenger seat should be as far back as
possible to avoid contact between the child seat and thedashboard. Although this is not mandatory by law, the air
bag should be immediately reactivated when children are
no longer carried to ensure better protection for adults.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYTo deactivate the air bags see “Knowing yourcar” chapter, “Menu Items” paragraph.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 107

A0K0135m

147

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 148

SIDE AIR BAGS(SIDE BAG - WINDOW BAG)

FRONT SIDE BAGS fig. 108

The car is fitted with front side bags for driver and passenger forprotecting the chest, and window bags for protecting front and rearpassengers’ heads.
Side bags protect car occupants from side crashes of medium-highseverity, by placing the cushion between the occupant and the internal parts of the side structure of the car.
Non-activation of side bags in other types of collisions (front collisions, rear shunts, roll-overs, etc...) is not a system malfunction.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

These are comprised of two types of bags located in the front
back/rests, which protect the chest and pelvis area of passengers in the event of a side impact of medium-high severity.
HEAD PROTECTION SIDE AIR BAGS
(WINDOW BAGS) fig. 109
It is formed by two "curtain" window bags are located behind theside roof upholstery and are covered by special trimming.
They were designed to protect the head of front and rear passengers in case of side collisions, thanks to the wide cushion inflation
surface.
The air bags are not deployed in the event of impact of low severity (for which the retaining action of the seat belts is sufficient).
It is therefore always necessary to wear seat belts.
In the event of a side impact, the system provides best protection
if the passenger sits on the seat in a correct position, thus allowing correct window bag deployment.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
148

fig. 108

A0K0081m

fig. 109

A0K0035m

131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 149

Do not hook rigid objects to the clothes hangers or
support handles.

Do not rest your head, arms or elbows on the door,
windows or on the window bag area to avoid injuries during inflation.

Never lean your head, arms or elbows out of thewindow.

WARNINGS
Do not wash the seats with water or pressurised steam (wash byhand or at automatic seat washing stations).
The front and/or side air bags may activate in the event of sharp
impacts to the underbody of the car (e.g. impact with steps, pavements, potholes or road bumps etc.).
A small amount of dust will be released when the airbags are deployed. This is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Dust may
irritate your skin and eyes: in this case, wash with mild soap andwater.
All operations on air bags (inspections, repairs and replacement)
must be carried out by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
If the car is to be scrapped, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to have the air bags deactivated.
Pretensioners and airbags are deployed according to different logics on the basis of the type of collision. Failure to deploy of one
or more of these devices does not therefore indicate a system fault.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
149131-150 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

15-09-2011

10:50

Pagina 150

If the warning light ¬ does not turn on when the key
is turned to MAR, or if it stays on when travelling (together with the message on the display on some versions), there could be a failure in the restraint systems. If
this is the case, the air bags or pretensioners may not be deployed in the event of an accident or, less likely, they may
be deployed accidentally. Do not drive the car and contacta Alfa Romeo Authorised Service Provider to have the system checked immediately.

With the ignition key inserted and turned to MAR,the air bags can be deployed also with the car ata standstill, if it is hit by another vehicle even if theengine is off. For this reason, children must never sit on
the front seat, even if the car is not moving. Rememberthat no safety device (airbag or pretensioner) will be deployed in a crash if the key is inserted and turned to the
STOP position. Failure to deploy in such cases must not
be considered a sign of malfunction.

The expiry dates of the pyrotechnic charge andclock contact are shown in the plate installed inside the glove compartment. Go to an Alfa Romeo
Authorised Service Provider when the time to have them
replaced approaches.

When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the “warning light turns on (front airbag on passenger’s
side enabled) and will blinks for a few seconds asa reminder that the passenger airbag will be deployedin the event of a crash and then go off.

Do not travel with objects on your lap, in front of
your chest, or between your lips (e.g. pipes, pencils, etc.): you may be seriously injured in the eventof a crash with air bag deployment.

The front air bags are deployed in the event of
more severe collisions than those required for deploying the pretensioners.
For collisions in the range between the two thresholds, it
is normal for only the pretensioners to be activated.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

If someone tries to steal or damage your car, andin the event of floods, have the air bag system
checked by an Alfa Romeo Authorised Service
Provider.

Alfawiki.nl
150151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 151

STARTING AND DRIVINGSTARTING THE ENGINESTARTING PROCEDURE FOR DIESEL VERSIONSSTARTING PROCEDURE FOR PETROL VERSIONS
Proceed as follows:❍ engage the handbrake and place the gearbox in neutral;❍ press the clutch pedal down to the floor without touching theaccelerator;❍ turn the ignition key to AVV and let it go the moment the engine starts.
IMPORTANT❍ If the engine does not start on the first attempt, turn the ignition key to STOP before repeating the operation.
❍ If, when the ignition key is at MAR, the instrument panel warning light Y remains on together with warning light U, turnthe key to STOP and then back to MAR; if the warning lightremains on, try with the other keys provided with the car. If
you are still unable to start the engine contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
❍ Never leave the ignition key on MAR when the engine is off.

Proceed as follows:❍ engage the handbrake and place the gearbox in neutral;❍ turn the ignition key to the MAR position: warning lights mand Y on the instrument panel will light up;❍ wait for the warning lights to go out;
❍ press the clutch pedal down to the floor without touching theaccelerator;❍ turn the ignition key to AVV as soon as warning light m goesout. Waiting too long will waste the heating work carried out
by the glow plugs. Release the key as soon as the engine starts.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY
If warning light m blinks for approximately 1minute after starting or during prolonged cranking, this indicates a fault in the glow plug pre-heating system. Use the car normally if the engine starts and
go to Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon as possible.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
It is dangerous to have the engine running indoors.
The engine takes in oxygen and discharges carbon
dioxide, carbon monoxide and other toxic gases.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
151151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 152

It is advisable not to demand maximum performance from your car (e.g. excessive acceleration,
long distances at top rpm, excessively intense braking, etc.) when it is first used.

SAFETY
When the engine is switched off never leave thekey in the MAR position to prevent useless current absorption from draining the battery.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

HOW TO WARM UP THE ENGINEAFTER IT HAS JUST STARTED
Proceed as follows:❍ drive off slowly, letting the engine turn at medium speed. Do
not accelerate abruptly;❍ do not demand maximum performance for the first few kilometres. Wait until the engine coolant temperature indicator
starts moving.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Turn the ignition key to STOP while the engine is idling.

Remember that the brake servo and electromechanical power steering are not operational until the engine has been started, therefore much
more effort than usual is required on the brake pedal andsteering wheel.

IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, before turning the engine off you
should allow it to idle to allow the temperature in the engine compartment to fall.

Never jump start the engine by pushing, towing or
driving downhill. These manoeuvres may damage
the catalytic converter.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
152

A quick burst on the accelerator before turning off
the engine serves absolutely no practical purpose;it wastes fuel and is especially damaging to turbocharged engines.

151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 153

PARKING THE CAR

IMPORTANT Carry out these manoeuvres with the brake pedal pressed.

Switch off the engine and pull up the handbrake. Engage a gear
(1st if the car is facing uphill or reverse if it is facing downhill) andleave the wheels steered to one side.
If the car is parked on a steep slope block the wheels with a wedge
or stone. Always remove the ignition key when leaving the car.

IMPORTANT For cars equipped with a front armrest, lift this up to
ensure that it does not interfere with the action of the handbrake.

HANDBRAKE fig. 110
To engage the handbrake pull lever A upwards until the car is secured. To disengage slightly raise lever A, press and hold down button B and lower the lever.

The car should be locked after a few notches: if thisis not so, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services tohave the handbrake adjusted.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 110

A0K0073m

153151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 154

USING THE GEARBOXTo engage the gears, press the clutch pedal down fully and shift
the gear lever into the required position (a diagram is shownon the knob fig. 111).
To engage 6th gear, operate the lever by pressing it towards theright in order to avoid engaging 4th gear by mistake. Similar action to pass from sixth to fifth gear.
To engage reverse gear (R) from the neutral position, lift up ringA-fig. 111 and simultaneously move the lever to the left and thenforwards.
IMPORTANT Reverse may be engaged only when the car is at astandstill.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
154

fig. 111

A0K0082m

Press the clutch pedal fully to change gears correctly. Therefore, the floor area under the pedals
must be clear: ensure that any rubber mats are flatand do not interfere with the pedals.

Do not drive with your hand resting on the gear
lever, because this pressure, even if light, can wear
out the inner components of the gearbox overtime.

151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 155

SAVING FUEL

Roof rack/ski rack

Here are some suggestions which may help you to save fuel andlower the amount of harmful emissions released into the atmosphere.

Remove the roof rack or the ski rack from the roof after use. These
accessories decrease aerodynamic penetration and have a negative effect on fuel consumption. It is better to use a trailer to transport particularly bulky objects.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONSElectric devices

SAFETYCar maintenanceHave checks and adjustments carried out in accordance with the“Scheduled Servicing Plan” (see chapter “Servicing and maintenance”).

Use electric devices only for the amount of time needed. The heated rear windscreen, additional headlights, windscreen wipers andheater fan require a considerable amount of energy; increasing thecurrent uptake increases fuel consumption (by up to +25% in an
urban cycle).

STARTING
AND DRIVING

Tyres

Climate control system

Check the tyre pressure at least once every 4 weeks: if the pressure is too low, consumption levels increase as resistance to rollingis higher.

Using the climate control system will increase consumption: use
the air vents when the external temperature so allows.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Spoilers

Unnecessary loads
Do not travel with an overloaded boot. The weight of the car andits arrangement greatly affect fuel consumption and stability.

The use of non-certified spoilers may adversely affect aerodynamics and fuel consumption.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
155151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 156

DRIVING STYLECONDITIONS OF USE

Starting

Cold starting

Do not warm up the engine at low or high revs when the car is
stationary; this causes the engine to warm up more slowly, thereby increasing fuel consumption and emissions. It is advisable to set
off immediately and slowly, avoiding high revs: this allows theengine to warm up more quickly.

Short distances and frequent cold start-ups prevent the engine fromreaching its optimum running temperature. Consequently, both consumption (from +15 to +30% on the urban cycle) and emissions
will increase.
Traffic and road conditions

Unnecessary actions

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

Avoid revving up when starting at traffic lights or before stopping
the engine. The latter action, like double-declutching, is unnecessary and causes increased fuel consumption and pollution.

High fuel consumption is caused by heavy traffic, for instance whentravelling in a queue with frequent use of low gears or in cities withmany traffic lights. Mountain roads and uneven surfaces also havea negative effect on consumption.

Gear selection

Traffic hold-ups

Use a high gear when traffic and road conditions allow. Using a
low gear for faster acceleration will increase fuel consumption. In
the same way, improper use of a high gear increases fuel consumption, emissions and engine wear.

During prolonged hold-ups (level crossings) the engine should beswitched off.

Top speed
Fuel consumption considerably increases as speed increases. Keepyour speed as even as possible, avoiding unnecessary braking
and acceleration which cause excessive fuel consumption and increased emissions.
Acceleration

CONTENTS

Accelerating violently severely affects consumption and emissions:acceleration should be gradual and should not exceed the maximum torque.

Alfawiki.nl
156151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 157

TOWING TRAILERSINSTALLING A TOW HOOK

IMPORTANTThe car must be provided with a type-approved tow hook and adequate electric system to tow caravans or trailers. Installation must
be carried out by a specialist.
Install any specific and/or additional rear-view mirrors in accordance with the highway code of the country in which you are travelling.
Remember that when towing a trailer, steep hills are harder to climb,
braking distances increase and overtaking takes longer dependingon the overall weight.
Engage a low gear when driving downhill, rather than constantly
using the brake.
The weight of the trailer reduces the load capacity of the car by thesame amount. Consider the weight at full load, including accessories and luggage, to make sure you do not exceed the maximum
towable weight (shown in the registration document).
Respect the speed limits specific to each country for vehicles towing trailers. In any event do not exceed 100 km/h.

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to install a tow hook.

The ABS with which the car is equipped will not control the braking system of the trailer. Take extra
care when travelling on slippery roads.

Never modify the braking system of the car to control the trailer brake. The trailer braking system
must be fully independent from the hydraulic system of the car.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
157151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 158

SNOW TYRES
Use snow tyres of the same size as the normal tyres provided
with the car. Alfa Romeo Authorized Services will advise you on themost appropriate tyre for use.
Only use these tyres in the event of ice or snow on the roads.

All four tyres should be the same (brand and track) to ensure greater
safety when driving, during braking and better driveability. Remember that it is inappropriate to change the direction of rotationof tyres.

For the type, pressures and specifications of the snow tyre to be
used, follow carefully the instructions given in the “Wheels” paragraph of the “Technical specifications” chapter.
The performance of these tyres is considerably reduced when thetread depth is less than 4 mm. If this is the case, replace them.
Due to their specific features, the performance of snow tyres ismuch lower than that of standard tyres in normal conditions or onlong motorway stretches. You should therefore use them only inthe conditions for which they were designed.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
158

The maximum speed for snow tyres marked “Q”
is 160 km/h, while it is 190 km/h for “T” tyresand 210 km/h for “H” tyres. You should, however, always stick to the speed limits of the highway code.

151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 159

SNOW CHAINSSTORING THE CAR

The use of snow chains should be in compliance with local regulations. Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheel tyres(drive wheels).
Check the tension of the chains after the first few metres have been
driven.
Use reduced bulk snow chains:If the car is to be left inactive for longer than a month, the following
precautions should be noted:❍ park the car in a dry, covered and, if possible, ventilated area;
engage a gear and check that the handbrake is not engaged;❍ disconnect the negative battery terminal and check battery
charge. Repeat this check once every three months during storage;❍ clean and protect painted areas using protective wax;
❍ clean and protect the shiny metal areas using special commercially-available products;❍ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber windscreen and rear window wiper blades and lift them off the glass;❍ slightly open the windows;❍ cover the car with a fabric or perforated plastic sheet. Do notuse compact plastic sheets which do not allow humidity to evaporate from the surface of the car.
❍ inflate tyres to a pressure of +0.5 bar above the normal specified pressure and check the pressure at regular intervals;❍ if you have not disconnected the battery, check the battery
charge every thirty days;❍ do not drain the engine cooling system.

– All versions: for 195/55 R16”, 205/55 R16” and 225/45
R17” size tyres use low-clearance snow chains with a maximum
protrusion beyond the tyre profile of 9 mm.
IMPORTANT The space-saver wheel cannot be fitted with snow
chains. If a front (drive) wheel is punctured and snow chains must
be used, you must remove a normal wheel from the rear and replace this one with the space-saver wheel. In this way, with two
normal drive wheels, it is possible to use snow chains.

Keep your speed down when snow chains are fitted - do not exceed 50 km/h. Avoid potholes, steps
and pavements and also avoid driving for long distances on roads not covered with snow to avoid damaging the car and the road surface.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
159151-160 Alfa Giulietta EN 2ed

22-11-2010

12:16

Pagina 160

Alfawiki.nl
blank page

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 161

IN AN EMERGENCY
In an emergency we recommend that you call the freephone number found in the Warranty Booklet.
You can also consult www.alfaromeo.com to find your nearest Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

STARTING THE ENGINEGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYIf the Y warning light in the instrument panel remains on constantly, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services immediately.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

JUMP STARTING
If the battery is flat, the engine may be started using an auxiliary
battery with the same capacity or a little higher than the flat one.
For engine starting follow the procedure below, fig. 112:❍ connect the positive terminal (+) of the booster battery onlywith the point indicated on the vehicle battery (writing OK
figure 112) and nowhere else;❍ with a second lead, connect the negative terminal (–) of theauxiliary battery to an earthing point E on the engine or the
gearbox of the car to be started;❍ when the engine has been started, follow the sequence above
in reverse order to remove the leads.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSContact an Alfa Romeo Authorised Service Provider if you cannot
start the engine after several attempts.
IMPORTANT Never connect the negative terminals of the two batteries directly! If the auxiliary battery is installed on another car,prevent accidental contact between metallic parts of the two cars.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 112

A0K0247m

161

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 162

Never use a fast battery-charger to start the engine as this could damage the electronic systemsof your car, particularly the ignition and fuel supply control units.

BUMP STARTING

CHANGING A TYRE
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
The car is equipped with an “Automatic Fix&Go Kit“: see “Automatic Fix&Go Kit” for how to use this device.
Alternatively to the “Automatic Fix&Go Kit” the car may beequipped with a space-saver spare wheel: see the instructions on
the following pages for changing the tyre.

Never start the engine by pushing, towing or driving downhill.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

The space-saver spare wheel is vehicle-specific:
do not use it on vehicles of other model and do notuse space-saver spare wheels from other models
on your car. The space-saver spare wheel must only be
used in an emergency. Never use it longer than strictly
necessary and never exceed 80 km/h. On the space-saver
spare wheel there is a label, summarizing the main warnings about the space-saver spare wheel usage restrictions.
Never remove or cover the label. Never apply any hub
cap to the space-saver spare wheel.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Use your hazard lights, warning triangle, etc. toshow that your car is stationary in compliance withregulations. Passengers should get out of the car,particularly if it is heavily loaded, and wait for the wheel
to be changed away from the traffic. In the event of awheel change on a slope or on unsurfaced roads, chock
the wheels.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
162161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 163

Vehicle handling is modified with the space-saver
spare wheel fitted. Avoid violent acceleration andbraking, sharp steering and fast cornering. The
overall duration of the space-saver spare wheel is of about3000 km, after which the relevant tyre must be replacedwith another one of the same type. Never install a traditional tyre on a rim designed to be used as a space-saver
spare wheel. Repair and refit the standard wheel as soon
as possible. Using two or more space-saver spare wheels
at the same time is forbidden. Do not apply grease to
the bolt threads before assembly: they might spontaneously unscrew.

The jack may be used to replace wheels only on
the car that it comes with or other cars of the samemodel. Never use the jack for other purposes, suchas lifting other models. Never use the jack to carry out repairs under the car. Incorrect positioning of the jack may
cause the car to fall. Do not use the jack for loads higher
than the one shown on its label. Never install snow chainson the space-saver spare wheel; if a front tyre (driving
wheel) is punctured and you need to use snow chains, usea standard wheel from the rear axle and install the spacesaver spare wheel on the rear axle. In this way, with two
normal drive wheels, it is possible to use snow chains.

If the hub cap is not fitted correctly, it may come
off when the car is travelling. Never tamper with
the inflation valve. Never introduce tools of any
kind between the rim and the tyre. Regularly check the
inflation pressure of the tyres and space-saver wheel (seechapter “Technical specifications”).

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY
JACK
Important notes:❍ the jack weight is 1.76 kg;❍ the jack requires no adjustment;❍ the jack cannot be repaired; if it breaks it must be replaced witha new jack;❍ no tool other than the cranking device may be fitted on thejack.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
163161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 164

Replace the wheel as follows:❍ stop the car in a position so that it is not a danger for on-coming traffic and where you can replace the wheel safely. The
ground must be flat and solid;❍ switch off the engine, pull up the handbrake and engage 1stgear or reverse; put on the high visibility jacket (required bylaw) before leaving the car;❍ open the boot, pull tab A-fig. 113 and lift up the mat;❍ using the wrench A - fig. 114 positioned in the tool box, loosen
the locking device, take the tool box B and place it close to thewheel to be replaced, then take the space/saver wheel C;❍ take tool A-fig. 115 and loosen the fastening bolts by approximately one turn. For versions with alloy rims, shake the
car to facilitate detachment of the rim from the wheel hub.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

fig. 114

A0K0124m

fig. 115

A0K0038m

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
164

fig. 113

A0K0168m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 165❍ position the jack under the car, near the wheel to be changed.
On versions where this is fitted, be careful not to damage theplastic aerodynamic guard;❍ operate the device A-fig. 116 so as to extend the jack, until theupper part B-fig. 117 is inserted correctly inside the device C;❍ warn anybody nearby that the car is about to be lifted. They
must stay clear and not touch the car until it is back on the
ground;❍ fit the handle D-fig. 116 in the seat in device A, operate thejack and lift the car until the wheel to be changed is several
centimetres off the ground;❍ for versions with wheel cap, remove the wheel cap after loosening the 4 fastening bolts and finally loosen the fifth bolt andextract the wheel;❍ make sure the contact surfaces between space-saver spare
wheel and hub are clean so that the fastening bolts will notcome loose;❍ fit the space-saver spare wheel by inserting the first bolt for two
threads into the hole closest to the valve;❍ use wrench A-fig. 115 to fully tighten the retaining bolts;

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY
Visit Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon as
possible to check the correct tightening of the main
wheel bolts.

❍ operate jack handle D-fig. 116 to lower the car. Then extract
the jack;

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 116

A0K0039m

fig. 117

A0K0083m

165161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 166❍ use the wrench A-fig. 115 provided to fasten the bolts completely in a criss-cross fashion as per the order illustrated in
fig. 118;❍ when replacing an alloy wheel it is advisable to place it upside
down, with the aesthetic part facing upwards.
Restore the standard wheel as soon as possible, because, once placedin the associated compartment, the luggage compartment load platform is rendered uneven as the standard wheel is larger than thespare wheel.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGREMOVING THE SUBWOOFER(versions with Bose HI-FI)(for versions/markets, where provided)
IMPORTANT The following procedure only applies to cars equippedwith Bose HI-FI systems with subwoofer (for versions/markets,
where provided).
Subwoofer and space-saver spare wheel
On these versions, the tools needed for changing the wheel arearranged in a specific container on the left-hand side of the boot(see fig. 119). The jack is located in a pocket, again on the lefthand side of the boot (see fig. 119a).

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
166

fig. 118

A0K0040m

fig. 119

A0K0235m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 167

Proceed as follows to remove the subwoofer:❍ open the boot, pull the tab A-fig. 113, lift the mat upwards andremove the load compartment spacer fig. 119;❍ loosen the fastening device A-fig. 120, remove the clip B fastening the cable and then lift the subwoofer;❍ rest the subwoofer on the side of the boot and take the spacesaver spare wheel;❍ then replace the wheel as described above.

When you have finished:❍ reposition the subwoofer correctly (see indications on the label
applied over the subwoofer itself), so that the word “BOSE”
is positioned in the right direction for reading;❍ reposition the subwoofer wire correctly to avoid pinching it. Thenfasten the clip B-fig. 120 and fasten the blocking device. Finally,
position the load compartment spacer fig. 119 correctly andlower the boot mat.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 119a

A0K0228m

fig. 120

A0K0236m

167

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 168

Subwoofer and “Automatic Fix&Go Kit”

REFITTING THE WHEEL

Locating the Automatic Fix&Go Kit:
❍ open the boot, pull tab A-fig. 113 and lift up the mat;❍ take the “Automatic Fix&Go Kit” located on the left side of theboot (fig. 121);❍ inflate the wheel (see “Automatic Fix&Go Kit”).
IMPORTANT If you need to remove the subwoofer follow the indications shown on the adhesive label fig. 121 over the subwoofer
itself to reposition it correctly.

Following the procedure previously described, raise the car andremove the space-saver spare wheel.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

Proceed as follows:❍ make sure the contact surfaces between standard wheel andhub are clean so that the fastening bolts will not come loose;❍ for versions with steel rims: fixed the wheel hub onto the rim;
❍ fit the hub cap by aligning the crescent hole with the bolt you
have fitted, then insert the other 4 bolts;❍ tighten the retaining bolts using wrench A-fig. 115;
❍ lower the car and remove the jack;❍ use wrench A-fig. 115 to fully tighten the bolts, following thesequence shown in fig. 118;
When you have finished:❍ stow the space-saver spare wheel in the compartment provided in the boot;❍ insert the jack and the other tools in the container;❍ arrange the container and tools on the space-saver spare wheel;❍ reposition the boot mat correctly.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
168

fig. 121

A0K0178m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 169“Automatic Fix&Go” KITThis is located in the boot (the kit container may change according
to versions - see fig. 122). The kit container also contains a screwdriver and the tow ring. The kit contains:❍ a bottle A-fig. 122a containing sealing liquid, provided with:filling tube B and adhesive label C with the wording“max. 80 km/h” to be placed in a clearly visible position(e.g. on the dashboard) after repairing the tyre;❍ a compressor D complete with pressure gauge and connectors;❍ an information booklet fig. 123, providing instructions for using the kit correctly. This booklet should be given to the persons charged with handling the tyre treated with this kit;

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

fig. 122a

A0K0019m

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 122

A0K0126m

fig. 123

A0K0020m

169

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 170❍ a pair of gloves located in the side compartment of the compressor;❍ adapters for inflating different elements.
IMPORTANT The sealing liquid is suitable for use at temperaturesin the range from –20°C to +50°C. The sealant has an expiry
date.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Hand over the instruction booklet to the personnel
charged with treating the tyre repaired with theAutomatic Fix&Go kit.

In the event of a puncture caused by foreign bodies, the kit may be used to repair tyres showing
damage to the tread or shoulder up to a maximum
diameter of 4 mm.

It is not possible to repair damage to the tyre sidewall. Do not use the kit on tyres damaged by running with a flat tyre.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

If the wheel rim is damaged (the channel is so deformed as to cause air leakage) it cannot be repaired. Do not remove the foreign body (screwor nail) from the tyre.

Alfawiki.nl

170

Do not operate the compressor for longer than 20
minutes consecutively. Risk of overheating. The kit
is not suitable for permanent repairs. The tyres repaired may only be used temporarily.

Dispose of the bottle and sealing liquid it contains
properly. Dispose according to the national and local
laws in force.

The bottle contains ethylene and latex: it may
cause an allergic reaction. Harmful if swallowed.
Irritating for eyes. There could be a reaction in theevent of inhalation or contact. Avoid contact with the eyes,skin and clothes. In the event of contact, wash immediately with plenty of water. Do not induce vomiting if swallowed. Rinse your mouth and drink plenty of water. Calla doctor immediately. Keep away from children. The product must not be used by asthmatics. Do not breathe in
the vapours during insertion and suction. Call a doctor immediately if allergic reactions are noted. Store the bottle
in the specific compartment, away from sources of heat.
The sealant has an expiry date. Replace the cylinder if
its sealant is out of date.

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 171❍ make sure that switch A-fig. 126 for the compressor is in position 0 (off), start the engine, insert the plug into the luggage
compartment current socket (see fig. 126a) or cigar lighter oncentral tunnel (see fig. 127) and switch on the compressor
by bringing switch A-fig. 126 to position I (on);

INFLATION PROCEDURE

Wear the gloves included in the kit.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

Proceed as follows:❍ apply the handbrake, loosen the cap from the tyre inflation
valve, extract the flexible tube A-fig. 125 and screw ring nut
B onto the tyre inflation valve;

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

fig. 126

A0K0021m

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 125

A0K0127m

fig. 126a

A0K0152m

171161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 172❍ inflate the tyre to the pressure shown in the “Wheels” paragraph in the “Technical Specifications” chapter. In order to obtain a precise reading, check the pressure on pressure gauge
B-fig. 126 with the compressor off;
❍ if after 5 minutes you cannot reach at least 1.8 bar, unplug thecompressor from the valve and the socket, then move the car
forward about ten metres in order to distribute the sealant inside the tyre evenly, then repeat the inflation operation;❍ if you still cannot obtain a pressure of at least 1.8 bar within
5 minutes from the compressor switching on, do not drive off
and contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services;❍ after driving for about 10 minutes, stop and check the tyre pressure again; remember to put the handbrake on;

If the pressure has fallen below 1.8 bar, do not drive any further: the Automatic Fix&Go quick tyrerepair kit cannot guarantee proper hold because
the tyre is too damaged. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services.

Apply the adhesive label where it can be easily
seen by the driver as a reminder that the tyre has
been treated with the quick repair kit. Drive carefully, particularly on bends. Do not exceed 80 km/h. Do
not accelerate or brake suddenly.

❍ if a pressure value of at least 1.8 bar is detected, restore thecorrect pressure (with the engine running and the handbrakeengaged), and drive with care to Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Remember to inform the workshop that the tyrehas been treated with a quick repair kit. Give theinstruction booklet to the personnel charged withhandling the treated tyre.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
172

fig. 127

A0K0128m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 173

CHECKING AND RESTORING TYRE PRESSURE

REPLACING THE BOTTLE

The compressor can also be used to check and if necessary top
up the tyre pressure. Release quick coupling A-fig. 128 and connect it directly to the tyre to be inflated.

Proceed as follows:❍ release coupling A-fig. 129 and disconnect pipe B;❍ turn the bottle to be replaced anticlockwise and raise it;❍ fit the new bottle and turn it clockwise;❍ insert coupling A or connect tube B into its housing.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

A
fig. 128

Alfawiki.nl
A0K0086m

fig. 129

A0K0041m

173

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 174

CHANGING A BULB

Modifications or repairs to the electrical system(electronic control units) that are not carried out
properly or do not take the technical specificationsof the system into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS❍ Before changing a bulb check the contacts for oxidation;❍ blown bulbs must be replaced with others of the same type
and power:❍ after replacing a headlight bulb, always check its alignment;❍ when a light is not working, check that the corresponding fuseis intact before changing the bulb. For the location of fuses, refer to the “Changing a fuse” paragraph in this section.

Halogen bulbs contain pressurised gas which may
cause small fragments of glass to be projected outwards if the bulb is broken.

Halogen bulbs must be handled holding the metallic part only. Touching the transparent part of thebulb with your fingers may reduce the intensityof the light emitted and even compromise the longevityof the bulb itself. In the event of accidental contact, wipe
the bulb with an alcohol-soaked cloth and leave to dry.

Due to the high power supply voltage, gas discharge bulbs (Bi-Xenon) should only be replacedby specialised personnel: danger of death! Contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

IMPORTANT When the weather is cold or damp or after heavy rain
or after washing, the surface of headlights or rear lights, may steam
up and/or form drops of condensation on the inside. This is a natural phenomenon due to the difference in temperature and humidity
between the inside and the outside of the glass which does notindicate a fault and does not compromise the normal operation oflighting devices. The mist disappears quickly turning the lights on,
starting from the centre of the diffuser, extending progressively
towards the edges.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
174161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 175

BULB TYPES fig. 130

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

The car has the following light bulbs:
A. Glass bulbs: pressed into position. Pull to extract.
B. Bayonet-type bulbs: to remove from its holder, press the bulb
and turn it anti-clockwise, then extract it.
C. Tubular bulbs: release them from their contacts to remove.
D. Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb, release the clip holding thebulb in place.
E. Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb, release the clip holding thebulb in place.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 130

A0K0022m

175

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 176

Bulbs

Type

Power

Ref. figure 130

Front side lights/Day lights (DRL)

LED

–

–

Rear side lights

LED

–

–

Dipped beams

H7

55W

D

Main beams

H1

55W

E

Main/Dipped beams(versions with Bi-Xenon headlights)(for versions/markets, where provided)

F

D1S

–

Front direction indicators

PY24W

24W

B

Rear direction indicators

R10W

10W

B

Side direction indicators

LED

–

–

Brake light

LED

–

–

3rd brake light

LED

–

–

Number plate light

W5W

5W

A

Fog lights

H3

55W

E

Rear fog light

H21W

21W

B

Reverse light

P21W

21W

B

Front ceiling light

C10W

10W

C

Boot courtesy light

W5W

5W

A

Glove compartment courtesy light

C5W

5W

C

Puddle light

W5W

5W

A

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
176

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 177

CHANGING AN EXTERIOR BULB

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTSFRONT LIGHT CLUSTERS fig. 131
These contain the bulbs for the side lights/day lights (DRL), dippedbeams, main beams and direction indicators. The bulbs are arranged
as follows:
A. Side lights/day lights and main beam headlights;
B. Dipped beam headlights;
C. Direction indicators.

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❍ remove cover A-fig. 131;❍ remove the connector A-fig. 132 and then open the tabs B towards;❍ extract the bulb C and replace it;❍ refit the new lamp, making sure that it is locked correctly, andsecure the tabs B again and reconnect the connector A;❍ finally refit the cover A-fig. 131.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGSIDE LIGHTS/DAY LIGHTS (DRL)
These are LEDs. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to replacethese lights.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 131

A0K0201m

fig. 132

A0K0202m

177

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 178

DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTSDIRECTION INDICATORSTo change the bulb, proceed as follows:❍ remove cover B-fig. 131;❍ remove the connector A-fig. 133, press the tab B forward andthen release by pushing it towards the inside the car;❍ extract the bulb C and replace it;❍ refit the new lamp, making sure that it is locked correctly, andsecure the tab B again and reconnect the connector A;❍ finally refit cover B-fig. 131.

Front
To replace the bulb, turn the cover C-fig. 131 anticlockwise by ¼
of a turn and replace the bulb + bulb holder assembly A-fig. 134.
Side
These are LEDs. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to replacethese lights.
FRONT FOG LIGHTS(for versions/markets, where provided)

STARTING
AND DRIVING

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to replace these bulbs.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
178

fig. 133

A0K0203m

fig. 134

A0K0204m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 179

REAR LIGHT CLUSTERS

TAILLIGHTS/BRAKE LIGHTS

These contain the taillights, brake lights, direction indicators (bulbs
in fixed light cluster), reverse light and rear fog light (bulb in lightcluster on boot hatch).

These are LEDs. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to replacethese lights.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARDIRECTION INDICATORS

Removing the fixed light cluster
Proceed as follows:❍ open the boot and loosen the rear light cluster fastening screw
A-fig. 135;
❍ extract the light cluster by removing it with both hands in the
direction of the arrow (see fig. 135);❍ connect the electrical connector and replace the bulb concerned.

With the light cluster removed, to replace the bulb undo the twoscrews A-fig. 136, remove the bulb holder and replace bulb B.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 135

A0K0184m

fig. 136

A0K0205m

179

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 180

REAR FOG LIGHTS/REVERSING LIGHTS
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:❍ open the boot and remove the cover A-fig. 137 using a screwdriver in the point indicated by an arrow;❍ remove the connector A-fig. 138 and extract the bulb holder
assembly by operating on the retaining tab B and then by loosening the screw C;❍ remove the bulb by pushing it slightly and turning it anticlockwise fig. 138;
D: reverse light bulb
E: fog light bulb
❍ refit the bulb holder assembly positioning it correctly, fasten
screw C and then fix it by means of the retaining tab B. Then
refit the cover A-fig. 137.

IMPORTANT Protect the tip of the screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratching when removing the cover A-fig. 137.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
180

fig. 137

A0K0176m

fig. 138

A0K0177m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 181

THIRD BRAKE LIGHTSNUMBER PLATE LIGHTS

These are LEDs and are located on the spoiler integrated on theboot hatch. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to replace theselights.

To change the bulb proceed as follows:❍ remove number plate lights group A-fig. 139;
❍ turn bulb holder B-fig. 140 anticlockwise, remove bulb C andreplace it.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 139

A0K0147m

fig. 140

A0K0146m

181161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 182

CHANGING AN INTERIOR BULBREAR CEILING LIGHT

FRONT CEILING LIGHT

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❍ remove courtesy light A-fig. 143 by applying leverage at the
points shown by the arrows;

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❍ remove courtesy light A-fig. 141 by applying leverage at the
points shown by the arrows;❍ open flap B-fig. 142 replace bulb C, releasing it from the side
contacts. Make sure that the new bulbs are correctly secured
between the contacts;❍ close flap B-fig. 142 and secure courtesy light A-fig. 141 in
its housing.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

fig. 142

A0K0089m

fig. 143

A0K0062m

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
182

fig. 141

A0K0090m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 183❍ open flap B-fig. 144, replace bulb C, releasing it from the side
contacts. Make sure that the new bulbs are correctly secured between the contacts;❍ close flap B-fig. 144 and secure courtesy light A-fig. 143 in
its housing.

❍ refit the light A-fig. 145 by inserting in its correct position on
one side and then on the other and then press the other side
until you hear it click.

BOOT LIGHT

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYTo change the bulb, proceed as follows:❍ open the boot and extract the light A-fig. 145 by operating in
the point shown by the arrow;❍ open the protection B-fig. 146 and replace the bulb;❍ close the protection B on the lens;

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 145

A0K0173m

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 144

A0K0091m

fig. 146

A0K0148m

183

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 184

GLOVE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❍ open the glove compartment and extract the light A-fig. 147;
❍ open the protection B and replace the bulb;❍ re-close the protective cover B on the lens;❍ refit the light A by inserting it in its correct position firstly on
one side and then on the other until it clicks into place.

COURTESY LIGHT(for versions/markets, where provided)
For the replacement of these bulbs, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
184

fig. 147

A0K0172m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 185

PUDDLE LIGHTSTo change the bulb, proceed as follows:❍ open the door (front or rear) and extract the light A-fig. 149;
❍ open the protection B and replace the bulb;❍ re-close the protective cover B on the lens;❍ refit the light by inserting it in its correct position firstly on one
side and then on the other until it clicks into place.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 149

A0K0149m

185

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 186

CHANGING A FUSE

Use the pliers A-fig. 151 under the engine compartment fusebox
lid to remove the fuses (see “Engine compartment fusebox” forhow to remove the lid).

GENERAL INFORMATION
Fuses protect the electric system: they blow in the event of a
fault/intervention in the system. Check the state of the corresponding fuse when a device does not work: the filament A-fig.
150 must be intact.
If it is, replace the blown fuse with a new one with the same amperage (same colour).
B = intact fuse.
C = fuse with damaged filament.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
186

fig. 150

A0K0042m

fig. 151

A0K0207m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 187

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services should thefuse blow again.

If a general protection fuse (MEGA-FUSE, MIDIFUSE, MAXI-FUSE) blows, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

Never replace a blown fuse with metallic wires orother material.

Remove the key from the ignition switch and switch
off all loads before replacing a fuse.

SAFETY

Never replace a fuse with another of higher amperage: FIRE RISK.

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services if a safety system (air bags, brakes), engine system (engine, gearbox) or steering system general protection fuse blows.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
187

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 188

FUSE LOCATION
Fuses are grouped together in three fuseboxes located in the engine compartment, on the dashboard and inside the boot.
Engine compartment fusebox fig. 153
This is located by the side of the battery: loosen the screws A-fig. 152 and remove the lid B to access the fuses. The number of theelectrical component corresponding to each fuse can be found on the back of the cover. After replacing the fuse, make sure you close
cover B on the fusebox.

If you have to wash the engine compartment, take care not to aim the jet of water directly at the fuse box or windscreen
wiper motors.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
188

fig. 152

A0K0174m

fig. 153

A0K0231m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 189

Fusebox on dashboard
Insert a hand in the seat A-fig. 154 and lower the flap B to access the fuses. The fuses are located in the fusebox shown in fig. 155.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 154

A0K0206m

fig. 155

A0K0232m

189161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 190

Boot fusebox
The fuse box (fig. 157) is located on the left side of the luggage compartment underneath the side cover. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to access it.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
190

fig. 157

A0K0045m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 191

FUSE TABLE
LIGHTSFUSE

AMPS

FIGURE

Right main beam headlight

F91

7.5

155

Left main beam headlight

F90

7.5

155

Right dipped beam headlight(versions with halogen headlights)

F12

7.5

155

Left dipped beam headlight(versions with halogen headlights)

F13

7.5

155

Right dipped beam headlight(versions with Bi-Xenon headlights)

F12

15

155

Left dipped beam headlight(versions with Bi-Xenon headlights)

F13

15

155

Right fog light

F93

7.5

155

Left fog light

F92

7.5

155

Boot light/Sun visor lights/
Door puddle light/Glove compartment light/
Front/rear ceiling light
Radionavigator display

F32

10

155

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
191

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 192

USERS

FUSE

AMPS

FIGURE

Headlight washer pump supply

F09

30

153

Horn

F10

15

153

AC compressor

F19

7.5

153

Heated rear window

F20

30

153

Fuel pump

F21

15

153

Fuel pump (1750 Turbo Petrol version)

F21

20

153

Various devices

F31

5

155

Rear electric window (left side)

F33

20

155

Rear electric window (right side)

F34

20

155

+30

F36

10

155

Various devices

F37

7.5

155

Central locking

F38

20

155

Body Computer power supply

F42

5

155

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
192

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 193

USERS

FUSE

AMPS

FIGURE

Two-way windscreen washer pump

F43

20

155

Front electric window (driver side)

F47

20

155

Front electric window (passenger side)

F48

20

155

Various devices

F49

5

155

Various devices

F51

5

155

+30

F53

7.5

155

Lumbar adjustments

F60

15

157

Front seat heater

F61

15

157

BOSE amplifier + Subwoofer

F62

20

157

Left front seat movement

F63

15

157

Right front seat movement

F64

15

157

Electric sunroof

F65

15

157

Cigar lighter/power socket

F85

15

153

12V boot power socket

F86

15

153

IBS Battery charge status sensor for Start&Stop system

F87

5

153

External mirror defrosters

F88

7.5

153

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
193161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 194

RECHARGING THE BATTERYVERSIONS WITHOUT Start&Stop(for versions/markets, where provided)

IMPORTANT The battery recharging procedure is provided for information purposes only. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
to carry out this operation.

Charge the battery as follows:❍ disconnect the battery negative terminal;❍ connect the charger leads to the battery terminals, observing
the polarity;❍ turn on the charger;❍ when you have finished, turn the charger off before disconnecting the battery;❍ reconnect battery negative terminal.

We recommend recharging the battery slowly for approximately
24 hours at low amperage. A prolonged recharge might damage
the battery.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
194161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 195

VERSIONS WITH Start&Stop fig. 158(for versions/markets, where provided)
Charge the battery as follows:❍ proceed as follows: detach the connector A (by pressing button B) from sensor C for monitoring the status of the battery
installed on the battery negative pole D;❍ connect the positive cable to the positive battery terminal E andthe negative terminal to the sensor D as shown in the figure;❍ turn on the charger. Turn the device off after recharging;❍ after having disconnected the recharging device, reconnect theconnector A to the sensor C as shown in the figure.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 158

A0K0200m

195161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 196

LIFTING THE CAR

TOWING THE CAR

If you need to lift the car contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services,
who will be equipped with a workshop lift.

The tow ring provided with the car is housed in the tool box in
the boot.

IMPORTANT Be careful when positioning the lift for versions withside spoilers.

ATTACHING THE TOW HOOK

SAFETY

Manually release the plug A pressing in the lower part, take thetow hook from its seat in the tool support and tighten it securely
on the front threaded pin (fig. 159) or on the rear threaded pin(fig. 160).

STARTING
AND DRIVING
Before beginning to tow, turn the ignition key to
MAR and then to STOP, without extracting it Whenthe key is removed, the steering wheel lock automatically activates, making it impossible to turn thewheels.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
196

fig. 159

A0K0136m

fig. 160

A0K0137m

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 197

The brake servo and the electrical power steering
will not work while the car is being towed. Moreeffort on the brake pedal and steering wheel will
therefore be required. Do not use wires for towing. Do notjerk. Be careful not to damage parts in contact with the
car while towing. Respect the specific rules of the Highway
Code when towing the car, specifically in relation to thetowing device and conduct on the road. Do not start theengine while towing the car. Clean the threaded seat carefully before fastening the hook. Make sure that the hook
is fully fastened in the seat before towing the car.

The front and rear tow hooks must only be used
for emergency situations on the road. The car may
be towed for short distances when a dedicated device is used in compliance with the Highway Code (rigidbar), and in order to move the vehicle on the road inpreparation for towing by a tow truck. Tow hooks MUSTNOT be used to tow vehicles off the road or where there
are obstacles and/or for towing operations using cables
or other non-rigid devices. Respecting the above conditions, towing must take place with two vehicles (one towing, the other towed) aligned as much as possible along
the same centre line.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
197

161-198 Alfa Giulietta EN 4ed

11-04-2011

15:39

Pagina 198

blank page
Alfawiki.nl

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 199

SERVICING AND MAINTENANCESCHEDULED SERVICINGIMPORTANT NOTESCorrect maintenance is essential for ensuring long car life under thebest conditions.
For this reason, Alfa Romeo has prepared a series of checks andservice operations to be carried out every 30,000 kilometres (for1.4 petrol versions) or every 35,000 kilometres (for 1750 Turbo
Petrol and diesel versions).
Check the items on the Scheduled Servicing Plan (e.g. periodically check level of liquids, tyre pressure, etc.) before 30,000/
35,000 km and between these services deadlines.
Scheduled Service operations should be carried out at Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services according to a set time schedule. If, during
each operation, in addition to the ones scheduled, the need arises for further replacements or repairs, these may be carried out only with the explicit agreement of the Customer.
If your car is used frequently for towing, the interval between one
service operation and the next should be reduced.

❍ At 2000 km from the next service operation the display willshow a message.
❍ Scheduled Servicing operations are required by the manufacturer. Failure to comply with the schedule may invalidate thewarranty.
❍ It is advisable to inform Alfa Romeo Authorized Services of any
small faults without waiting for the next scheduled service.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
199

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 200

SCHEDULED SERVICING PLAN
1.4 Turbo Petrol and 1.4 Turbo Multi Air VERSIONS
Thousands of miles

18

36

54

72

90

108

Thousands of km

30

60

90

120

150

180

Months

24

48

72

96

120

144

Check tyre condition/wear and adjust pressure if required

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, passenger
compartment lights, boot lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check windscreen wiper/washer operation

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check the position/wear of the windscreen/rear window wiper blades

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check condition and wear of front disc brake pads andoperation of pad wear indicator

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check rear disc brake pad condition and wear

●

●

●

●

●

●

Conditions and visual check: bodywork exterior, underbody protection,
pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel system - braking system),rubber elements (boots - sleeves - bushes - etc.)

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check cleanliness of bonnet and boot locks,
as well as cleanliness and lubrication of linkages

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check and top up, if required, fluid levels(engine coolant, brake/hydraulic clutch fluid, windscreen washer fluid, battery fluid, etc)

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check the handbrake lever travel and adjust it, if necessary

●

●

●

●

●

●

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS●Check condition of timing belt●

Visually inspect the condition of accessory drive belt(s)CONTENTS

200

Check exhaust gas emissions
Check battery charge status and possibly recharge●

Alfawiki.nl

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 201

Thousands of miles

18

36

54

72

90

108

Thousands of km

30

60

90

120

150

180

Months

24

48

72

96

120

144

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check engine control system operation (using diagnosis socket)
Replace accessory drive belt(s)●Replace toothed timing drive belt (*)●

Replace spark plugs

●

1

●

●

Replace air filter cartridge
Change engine oil and oil filter (or every 24 months)

●

●

2

●

●

Change pollen filter (or every 15 months)●

SAFETY●●●●

Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)

●
●
●

●
●

●

●
●

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR●STARTING
AND DRIVING●●●(*) Regardless of the distance covered, the timing belt must be changed every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, city driving,
long periods of idling) or at least every 5 years.

1 For 1.4 Turbo Petrol and 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions, in order to guarantee correct operation and prevent serious damage to the engine, it is essential to observe the following:- only use spark plugs specifically certified for Turbo Petrol engines; all spark plugs should be of the same type and brand(see the “Engine” paragraph in the “Technical Specifications” chapter);- adhere strictly to the spark plug replacement intervals detailed in the Scheduled Servicing Plan;- You are advised to go to Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to have the spare plugs replaced.

2 If the car is mainly used in cities or travels less than 10,000 km a year, change the engine oil and filter every 12
months.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
201

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 202

1750 Turbo Petrol VERSIONS
Thousands of miles

21

42

63

84

105

Thousands of km

35

70

105

140

175

Months

24

48

72

96

120

Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required

●

●

●

●

●

Check lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard warning lights, passenger
compartment lights, boot lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)

●

●

●

●

●

Check windscreen wiper/washer operation

●

●

●

●

●

Check the position/wear of the windscreen/rear window wiper blades

●

●

●

●

●

Check condition and wear of front disc brake pads and operation of pad wear indicator

●

●

●

●

●

Check rear disc brake pad condition and wear

●

●

●

●

●

Conditions and visual check: bodywork exterior, underbody protection,
pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel system - braking system),rubber elements (boots - sleeves - bushes - etc.)

●

●

●

●

●

Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness and lubrication

●

●

●

●

●

Check and top up, if required, fluid levels(engine coolant, brake/hydraulic clutch fluid, windscreen washer fluid, battery fluid, etc)

●

●

●

●

●

Check the handbrake lever travel and adjust it, if necessary

●

●

●

●

●

Visually inspect the condition of the auxiliary drive belt●●

Visually inspect the condition of toothed timing belt●●

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
202

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 203

Thousands of miles

21

42

63

84

105

Thousands of km

35

70

105

140

175

Months

24

48

72

96

120

Check exhaust emissions

●

●

●

●

●

Check battery charge status and possibly recharge

●

●

●

●

●

Check engine control system operation (via diagnostic socket)

●

●

●

●

●

Replace accessory drive belt(s)●Replace toothed timing belt (*)●

Replace spark plugs●●

Replace air filter cartridge

●

●

●

●

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

Change engine oil and oil filter (or every 12 months) (**)
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)●

Change pollen filter (or every 15 months)

●

●

●

●

(*) Regardless of the distance covered, the timing belt must be changed every four years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, city driving,
long periods of idling) or at least every five years in all other cases.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE(**) The engine oil and the oil filter must be changed when the instrument panel warning light comes on (see “Warning lights and messages” in “Getting to know your car” chapter) or in any case every 12 months.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
203

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 204

Diesel VERSIONS
Thousands of miles

21

42

63

84

105

Thousands of km

35

70

105

140

175

Months

24

48

72

96

120

Check tyre condition/wear and adjust pressure if required

●

●

●

●

●

Check operation of lighting system (headlights, direction indicators, hazard warning lights,
luggage compartment, passenger compartment, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)

●

●

●

●

●

Check windscreen wiper/washer operation

●

●

●

●

●

Check the position/wear of the windscreen/rear window wiper blades

●

●

●

●

●

Check condition and wear of front disc brake pads and operation of pad wear indicator

●

●

●

●

●

Check rear disc brake pad condition and wear

●

●

●

●

●

Conditions and visual check: bodywork exterior, underbody protection,
pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel system - braking system),rubber elements (boots - sleeves - bushes - etc.)

●

●

●

●

●

Check cleanliness of bonnet and boot locks, as well as cleanliness and lubrication of linkages

●

●

●

●

●

Check and top up, if required, fluid levels(engine coolant, brake/hydraulic clutch fluid, windscreen washer fluid, battery fluid, etc)

●

●

●

●

●

Check the handbrake lever travel and adjust it, if necessary

●

●

●

●

●

Check exhaust fumes/emissions

●

●

●

●

●

Check battery charge status and possibly recharge

●

●

●

●

●

●

Visually inspect the condition of the auxiliary drive belt
Check engine control system operation (via diagnostic socket)

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
204

●

●

●
●

●

●

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 205

Thousands of miles

21

42

63

84

105

Thousands of km

35

70

105

140

175

Months

24

48

72

96

120

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR●

Replace auxiliary drive belts●

Replace toothed timing drive belt (*)
Replace fuel filter●●

Replace air filter cartridge

●

●

●

●

SAFETY

Change engine oil and oil filter (**)(or every 24 months)
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)●

Change pollen filter (or every 15 months)

●

●

●

STARTING
AND DRIVING●(*) Regardless of the distance covered, the timing belt must be changed every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, city driving,
long periods of idling) or at least every 5 years.
(**) The engine oil and oil filter should be changed when the warning light on the dashboard comes on, or every 24 months.

If the car is mainly used in town, change the engine oil and filter every 12 months.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
205

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 206

REGULAR CHECKSDEMANDING USE OF THE CAR

Every 1,000 km or before long journeys, check and top up the following if necessary:❍ engine coolant level, brake fluid and windscreen washer fluid❍ tyre pressure and condition;❍ operation of lighting system (headlights, direction indicators,
hazard lights, etc.);❍ operation of the windscreen wiper/washer system, position
and wear of windscreen/rear window wiper blades;
Check and top up, if required, the engine oil level every 3,000 km.

If you use the car mainly under one of the following conditions:❍ trailer or caravan towing;❍ dusty roads;❍ short (less than 7-8 km) and repeated journeys in sub-zerotemperatures;❍ frequent engine idling, travelling long distances at low speeds
or long term inactivity;
perform the following inspections more frequently than shown on
the Scheduled Servicing Plan:❍ check front disc brake pad condition and wear;❍ check cleanliness of bonnet and boot locks, as well as cleanliness and lubrication of linkages;❍ visually inspect the conditions of: engine, gearbox, transmission, pipes and tubes (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.);❍ check battery charge and liquid level (electrolyte);❍ visually inspect the condition of auxiliary drive belts;❍ check and if necessary change engine oil and oil filter;❍ check pollen filter and replace it, if required;❍ check air filter and replace, if required.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
206

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 207

CHECKING LEVELS
Be careful not to confuse the various types of fluids while topping up: they are all incompatible witheach other and may severely damage your car.

Proceed very carefully inside the engine compartment when the engine is hot: risk of burns. Remember that the fan may start up if the engine ishot: this could injure you. Make sure that scarves, ties andother loose fitting garments do not get caught up in moving parts.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY
Never smoke while working in the engine compartment: flammable gases may be present. Riskof fire.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
207199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 208

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS
fig. 161 - 1.4 Turbo Petrol versions

208

Alfawiki.nl

A0K0335m

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 209

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS
fig. 162 - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions

Alfawiki.nl

A0K0336m

209

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 210

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS
fig. 163 - 1750 Turbo Petrol versions

210

Alfawiki.nl

A0K0337m

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 211

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS
fig. 164 - 1.6 JTDM – 2.0 JTDM versions

Alfawiki.nl

A0K0338m

211

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

212

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 212

ENGINE OIL

ENGINE COOLANT

Check that the oil level is between the MIN and MAX referenceson the dipstick A-fig. 161-162-163-164.
If the oil level is near or under the MIN line, add oil through thefiller A until it reaches the MAX line.

If the level is too low, undo reservoir cap C-fig. 161-162-163-164
and add the fluid described in “Technical Specifications” chapter.

The oil level must never exceed the MAX line.

If the engine oil is being topped up, wait for theengine to cool down before loosening the filler plug,
particularly for vehicles with aluminium plug (forversions/markets where provided). CAUTION: risk of burns!
Engine oil consumption
The maximum engine oil consumption is usually 400 grams every
1000 km. During the initial period of use the engine oil consumption
conditions should be considered as having stabilised after the first
5000 - 6000 km.

Do not add oil with different characteristics to thoseof the existing engine oil.

Used engine oil and the replaced oil filter contain
substances that are harmful to the environment.
We recommend having the oil and oil filter replaced by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
Alfawiki.nl

PARAFLUUP anti-freeze is used in the engine cooling system. Use the same fluid as in the coolingsystem when topping up. PARAFLUUP may not bemixed with any other type of fluid. If this accidentally
occurs, do not start the engine. Contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

The engine cooling system is pressurised. If the capneeds replacing, do so with another original or theeffectiveness of the system may be compromised.
Do not remove the cap from the reservoir when the engine is hot: you may get burned

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 213

WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW/HEADLIGHT WASHING FLUIDBRAKE FLUID

If the level is too low undo reservoir cap D-fig. 161-162-163164 and add the fluid described in the “Technical Specifications”
chapter.
IMPORTANT The headlight washer system will not work when
the liquid level is low although the windscreen/rear window washer will still work. For versions/markets where provided (see previous pages), a reference line E-fig. 161, 162, 163, 164 is provided: ONLY the windscreen/rear window washer will work under this line.

Do not travel if the windscreen washer reservoir isempty: using the windscreen washer is essential
for improving visibility. Repeated operation of thesystem when it is empty could damage or rapidly deteriorate some of its parts

Check that the fluid is at the maximum level. If the level is too
low undo reservoir cap F-fig. 161-162-163-164 and add the fluid described in the “Technical Specifications” chapter.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY
Prevent brake fluid, which is highly corrosive, fromcoming into contact with painted parts. Should thisoccur, immediately wash with water.

STARTING
AND DRIVING
Brake fluid is poisonous and highly corrosive. In
the event of accidental contact, wash the parts immediately with water and neutral soap, then rinse
with plenty of water. In case of swallowing, immediately
call a doctor.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE
Some commercial windscreen washer additives areflammable. The engine compartment contains hot
parts which could cause a fire if they come into contact with these additives.

The symbol π on the container indicates a synthetic brake fluid, which is different from a mineral fluid. Using a mineral-type fluid will damage
the special rubber seals of the braking system beyond repair.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
213

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 214

AIR FILTER/POLLEN FILTER/DIESEL FILTERBATTERY

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to replace thesefilters.

The electrolyte of the battery G-fig. 161-162-163-164 does notneed to be topped up with distilled water. A periodic check carriedout at Alfa Romeo Authorized Services is, however, necessary tocheck efficiency.
BATTERY REPLACEMENT
When necessary, replace the battery with another original battery
with the same specifications. Follow the battery manufacturer’s instructions for maintenance.
ADVICE FOR PROLONGINGTHE LIFE OF YOUR BATTERYTECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

To avoid rapidly draining your battery and to prolong its life, observe the following indications:❍ when you park the car, ensure the doors, tailgate and bonnet
are closed properly in order to avoid the courtesy lights remaining on for longer than necessary;❍ turn off the ceiling lights, although the car does have an automatic system for switching off internal lights;❍ do not leave devices (e.g. car radio, hazard lights, etc.)
switched on for a long time when the engine is not running;❍ before performing any operation on the electrical system, disconnect the battery negative terminal.

CONTENTSIMPORTANT The steering system will need to be initialised after disconnecting the battery. A warning light g will come on to indicate this. Simply turn the steering wheel all the way to one end
or simply drive on a straight line for a few hundred metres.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Alfawiki.nl
214

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 215

IMPORTANT If the battery remains with the charge below 50%
for a long time it becomes damaged through sulphation and its
starting capacity is reduced.
The battery will also be more at risk of freezing (this can happen
as early as –10°C). Refer to “Storing the car” in “Starting anddriving” if the car is left parked for a long time.
If after having purchased your car you decide to add accessories requiring permanent electrical power (alarm etc.) or accessories that
require large amounts of power, please consult Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement.

The battery fluid is poisonous and corrosive. Avoid
contact with the skin and the eyes. Keep naked
flames or possible sources of sparks away from thebattery: risk of explosion or fire.

Incorrect assembly of electric and electronic devices
may cause severe damage to your car. Go to an
Alfa Romeo Authorised Service Provider if you want
to install accessories after having purchased your car(alarms, mobile phone, etc.): they will be able to suggest
the most suitable devices and advise you if a higher capacity battery needs to be installed.

Batteries contain substances that are very dangerous for the environment. Contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services to replace the battery.

If the car must remain unused for a long time atvery low temperatures, remove the battery andtake it to a warm place, to avoid freezing.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE
Using the battery when the fluid is too low damages it irreparably and can cause an explosion.

When performing any operation on the battery
or near it, always protect your eyes with special goggles.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
215

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 216

WHEELS AND TYRES
Before embarking on a long trip, and every two weeks, check thetyre inflation pressure (and space-saver wheel); check the pressure
with the tyres cold.
It is normal for the pressure to increase when the car is used; forthe correct tyre inflation pressure, see “Wheels” in the “Technicalspecifications” section.
Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre wear fig. 165:
A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.
B low pressure: tread particularly worn at the edges.
C high pressure: tread particularly worn in the centre.
The tyres must be replaced when the tread is less than 1.6 mm
thick.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

IMPORTANT NOTESTake the following precautions to prevent damage to the tyres:❍ avoid braking suddenly, racing starts and violent impact against
the curb, potholes or other obstacles and driving for extended
periods on unsurfaced roads;❍ check the tyres regularly for cuts on the sides, swelling or irregular tread wear;❍ avoid travelling with the vehicle overloaded. If you puncture atyre, stop immediately and replace it;❍ have the tyres checked by specialised personnel if they havebeen fitted for longer than 6 years. Remember to check thespace-saver wheel very carefully;❍ change the position of the tyres every 10-15 thousand kilometres, keeping them on the same side of the vehicle to avoid
inverting the direction of rotation.
❍ a tyre will age even if it is not used much. Cracks in the tread
and on the sidewalls are a sign of ageing. In any event, havethe tyres checked by specialised personnel if they have been
fitted for longer than six years. Remember to check the spacesaver wheel very carefully;❍ when replacing the tyres, always fit new tyres, avoiding thoseof dubious origin;❍ If a tyre is replaced, you should also change the inflation valve.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
216

fig. 165

A0K0023m

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 217

Remember that the road holding qualities of yourcar also depend on the correct inflation pressureof the tyres.

WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOWWIPERSGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

Driving with worn wiper blades is a serious hazard, because visibility is reduced in bad weather.
If the pressure is too low, the tyre will overheat andcould be seriously damaged.

Avoid switching the tyres from the right side of thevehicle to the left side and vice versa.

Do not repaint alloy wheel rims at temperatureshigher than 150°C. The mechanical characteristicsof the wheels might be compromised.

SAFETYBLADES
We recommend replacing the blades once a year.
A few simple precautions can reduce the possibility of damage tothe blades:❍ make sure that the rubber part is not frozen to the windscreen
in sub-zero temperatures. Use a de-icing product to release it
if required;❍ remove any snow from the window;❍ do not activate the windscreen/rear window wiper on a dry
window.

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
217

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 218

Replacing the windscreen wiper blades

Lifting the wiper blades

Proceed as follows:❍ lift the windscreen wiper arm, press the tab A-fig. 166 of thefastening clip and extract the blade from the arm;
❍ fit the new blade, inserting the tab into the dedicated housing
in the arm. Make sure that the new blade is secured in position.
❍ lower the windscreen wiper arm on the windscreen.

When the wiper blades have to be lifted from the windscreen (i.e.
in the event of snow), proceed as follows:❍ turn the ignition key to the MAR position;❍ operate the lever to the right of the steering wheel to activate
a windscreen wiper stroke (see paragraph "Window washing" in chapter "Getting to know your car");❍ turn the ignition key to the STOP position when the driver's
side wiper blade reaches the windscreen side pillar and lift thewindscreen wiper to the rest position;❍ bring the wiper blades back into contact with the windscreen
before activating the windscreen wiper.

Do not operate the windscreen wiper with theblades lifted from the windscreen.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
218

fig. 166

A0K0144m

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 219

Replacing the rear window wiper blade

SPRAY NOZZLES

Proceed as follows:❍ lift cover A-fig. 167, undo nut B and remove arm C;❍ correctly position the new arm, fully tighten nut B and thenlower cover A.

Windscreen washer fig. 168
The window washer jets are fixed.
If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly check that there is fluid in thereservoir: see “Checking fluid levels” paragraph in this section).
Then check that the nozzle holes are not clogged, if necessary using a needle.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 167

A0K0101m

fig. 168

A0K0139m

219

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 220

Rear window washer fig. 169
The nozzle holder is located above the rear window. The rear window washer jets are fixed.

HEADLAMP WASHERS fig. 170(on request for versions/markets, where provided)
These are located within the front bumper. They are activated when
the dipped beam and/or main beam headlights are on and thewindscreen washer is activated.
Check the condition and cleanliness of nozzles at regular intervals.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
220

fig. 169

A0K0102m

fig. 170

A0K0138m

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 221

BODYWORKBODY AND UNDERBODY WARRANTYPROTECTION FROM ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS

Your car is covered by warranty against perforation, due to rust,of any original element of the structure or bodywork. For the general terms of this warranty, refer to your Warranty Booklet.

The car is equipped with the best available technological solutions
to protect the bodywork against corrosion.
These are the most important:❍ paint products and systems which give the car resistance to corrosion and abrasion;❍ use of galvanised (or pre-treated) steel sheets with high resistance to corrosion;❍ spraying protective plastic materials in the most exposed areas: underdoor, inner mudguard parts, edges, etc.;❍ using “open” boxed sections to prevent condensation and pockets of moisture from causing rust inside.
❍ use of special films to protect against abrasion in exposed areas (e.g. rear wing, doors, etc.).

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARPRESERVING THE BODYWORK
Paint
Touch up abrasions and scratches immediately to prevent the formation of rust.
Maintenance of paintwork consists of washing the car: the frequency depends on the conditions and environment where thecar is used. For example, it is advisable to wash the car more often in areas with high environmental pollution or salted roads.
To correctly wash the car:❍ remove the aerial from the roof when using a carwash;❍ in washing stations keep the steam jet/high pressure washingnozzles at least 40 cm away from the bodywork to prevent damage. It should be remembered that a build up of water could
cause damage, in the long term, to the car.
❍ wash the body using a low pressure jet of water;❍ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy solution over the bodywork, frequently rinsing the sponge;❍ rinse well with water and dry with a jet of air or chamois leather.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
221

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 222

When drying take care to dry the least visible parts where thewater could collect most easily. Do not wash the car after it has
been left in the sun or with the bonnet hot: this may alter the shineof the paintwork.
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in the same way as the restof the car.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Use specific detergents and clean cloths to prevent scratching.
IMPORTANT Wipe the rear window gently with a cloth in the direction of the filaments to avoid damaging the heating device.
Front headlights

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

Windows

Detergents cause water pollution. Only wash the
car in areas equipped for the collection and purification of the fluids used in the actual washingprocess.

In order to preserve the aesthetic appearance ofthe paintwork abrasive products and/or polishes
should not be used for cleaning the car.

Use a soft, damp cloth soaked in water and detergent for washing cars.
IMPORTANT Never use aromatic substances (e.g. petrol) or ketenes(e.g. acetone) for cleaning the plastic lenses of the front headlights.
IMPORTANT When cleaning the car with a pressure washer, keep
the water jet at least 2 cm away from the headlights.
Engine compartment

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSIMPORTANT
Avoid parking under trees; the resin dropped by trees makes thepaintwork go opaque and increasing the possibility of corrosion.
Bird droppings must be washed off immediately and thoroughly as
the acid they contain is particularly aggressive.

At the end of every winter, wash the engine compartment thoroughly, taking care not to aim the jet of water directly at the electronic control units or at the windscreen wiper motors. Have thisoperation performed at a specialised workshop.
IMPORTANT The washing should take place with the engine cold
and the ignition key in the STOP position. After the wash, makesure that the various protective devices (e.g. rubber caps andguards) have not been removed or damaged.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
222

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 223

INTERIORSLEATHER SEATS(on request for versions/markets, where provided)

Periodically check for water puddles under the mats that could cause
the panels to rust.

Remove the dry dirt with a buckskin or slightly damp cloth, without exercising too much pressure.
Remove liquid or oil stains using a dry absorbent cloth, without rubbing. Then clean with a soft cloth or buckskin cloth dampened withwater and neutral soap.
If the stain persists, use specific products and observe the instructions carefully.

SEATS AND FABRIC PARTS
Remove dust with a soft brush or a vacuum cleaner. It is advisable to use a moist brush on velvet upholstery. Wipe the seats witha sponge soaked in a solution of neutral detergent and water.

IMPORTANT Never use alcohol. Make sure that the cleaning products used contain no alcohol or alcohol derivatives, even in small
quantities.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

PLASTIC PARTS AND COVERS
Clean interior plastic parts with a damp cloth (if possible made frommicrofibre), and a solution of water and neutral, non-abrasive detergent. To clean oily or persistent stains, use specific products freefrom solvents and designed to maintain the original appearance
and colour of the components.
Remove any dust using a microfibre cloth, if necessary moistenedwith water. The use of paper tissues is not recommended as these
may leave residues.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

IMPORTANT Never use alcohol or petrol to clean the glass on the
instrument panel or other plastic parts.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
223

199-224 Alfa Giulietta EN 6ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

24-11-2011

10:01

Pagina 224

LEATHER UPHOLSTERY(for versions/markets, where provided)
Use only water and neutral soap to clean these parts. Never use
alcohol or alcohol-based products.
Before using a specific product for cleaning interiors, make surethat it does not contain alcohol and/or alcohol based substances.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

Never use flammable products, such as petroleum
ether or modified petrol, to clean inside the car.
The electrostatic charges which are generated byrubbing during cleaning may cause a fire.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
224

Do not keep aerosol cans in the vehicle: these could
explode. Aerosol cans must not be exposed to atemperature exceeding 50°C. When the vehicle
is exposed to sunlight, the internal temperature can greatly exceed this value.

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 225

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSIDENTIFICATION DATAVIN PLATE fig. 171

The identification details of the car are:
❍ VIN plate❍ Chassis marking;❍ Bodywork paint identification plate.
❍ Engine marking

It is applied to the front crossmember and shows the followingdata:
B Type-approval number
C Vehicle type identification code
D Chassis number
E Maximum authorised weight of vehicle fully laden
F Maximum permitted weight of vehicle fully laden plus trailer
G Maximum permitted weight on first (front) axle
H Maximum permitted weight on second (rear) axle
I Engine type.
L Bodywork version code.
M Number for spare parts.
N Correct smoke opacity index (for diesel engines).

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 171

A0K0024m

225

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 226

CHASSIS MARKING fig. 172
This is printed on the passenger compartment floor bed near thefront right seat. Slide the hatch A forward to access.
The marking includes:❍ vehicle type (ZAR 940000)❍ chassis number

BODYWORK PAINT IDENTIFICATION PLATE
fig. 173
It is applied under the bonnet and shows the following data:
A Paint manufacturer.
B Colour name.
C Fiat colour code.
D Re-spray and touch-up colour code.
ENGINE MARKINGSTARTING
AND DRIVING

This is printed onto the cylinder block and shows the type andproduction serial number.

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
226

fig. 172

A0K0175m

fig. 173

A0K0025m

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 227

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONSEngine code

Bodywork versions

1.4 Turbo Petrol

198A4000

940FXA1A 00
940FXA1A 00B (**)

1.4 Turbo Petrol (*)

940A6000

940FXF1A 05
940FXF1A 05B (**)

1.4 Turbo Multi Air

940A2000

940FXB1A 01
940FXB1A 01B (**)

1.4 Turbo Multi Air (*)

955A8000

940FXG1A 06
940FXG1A 06B (**)

1750 Turbo Petrol

940A1000

940FXC1A 02

1.6 JTDM

940A3000

940FXD1A 03
940FXD1A 03B (**)

2.0 JTDM

940A4000

940FXE1A 04
940FXE1A 04B (**)

2.0 JTDM 136 HP (*)

940A8000

940FXM1A 09
940FXL1M 09B (**)

2.0 JTDM 140 HP (*)

940A5000

940FXL1A 08
940FXL1A 08B (**)

2.0 JTDM 163 HP (*)

940A7000

940FXH1A 07
940FXH1A 07B (**)

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS(*) For versions/markets, where provided(**) Versions with oversized brake calipers

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
227225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 228

ENGINE
GENERAL INFORMATION

1.4
Turbo Petrol

1.4 Turbo
Multi Air

1750
Turbo Petrol

Type code

198A4000
940A6000 (*)

940A2000
955A8000 (*)

940A1000

Otto

Otto

Otto

Cycle
Cylinder number and position

STARTING
AND DRIVING

4 in line

4 in line

4 in line

Piston bore and stroke

mm

72.0 x 84.0

72.0 x 84.0

83.0 x 80.5

Total capacity

cm3

1368

1368

1742

9.8

9,8

9.8

Compression ratio
Max. EEC power

IN AN
EMERGENCY

corresponding speed
Max. EEC torqueSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

corresponding speed

kW
HP
rpm

88
120
5000

Nm
kgm
rpm

206
21
1750

125
170
5500
NORMAL
230
23.4
2250

120 (*)
163 (*)
5500 (*)
DYNAMIC
250
25.4
2500

172.5
235
5500
NORMAL DYNAMIC
300
340
30.5
34.6
4500
1900

Spark plugs

NGK IKR9F8NGK IKR9F8NGK ILKAR7D6G

Fuel

Unleaded petrol
95 RON(EN228specifications)

Unleaded petrol
95 RONor 98 RON
(EN228 specifications)

Unleaded petrol
95 RONor 98 RON
(EN228 specifications)

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS(*) For versions/markets, where provided

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
228

85 (*)
115 (*)
5000 (*)

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 229

GENERAL INFORMATION

1.6 JTDM

2.0 JTDM

2.0 JTDM (*)

2.0 JTDM (*)

Type code

940A3000

940A4000

940A7000

940A8000 (**)
940A5000

Cycle

DieselDieselDieselDieselCylinder number and position

4 in line

4 in line

4 in line

4 in line

Piston bore and stroke

mm

79.5 x 80.5

83 x 90.4

83 x 90.4

83 x 90.4

Total capacity

cm3

1598

1956

1956

1956

Compression ratio

16.5

16.5

16.5

16.5

Max. EEC power

77
105
4000
NORMAL DYNAMIC
280
320
28.5
32.5
1500
1750

125
170
4000
NORMAL DYNAMIC
320
350
32.5
35.6
1500
1750

120
163
4000
NORMAL DYNAMIC
320
350
32.5
35.6
1500
1750

100/103
136/140
3750
NORMAL DYNAMIC
320
350
32.5
35.6
1500
1750

–

–

–

–

Automotive
diesel fuel(EN590specifications)

Automotive
diesel fuel(EN590specifications)

Automotive
diesel fuel(EN590specifications)

Automotive
diesel fuel(EN590specifications)corresponding speed
Max. EEC torquecorresponding speed

kW
HP
rpm
Nm
kgm
rpm

Spark plugs
Fuel

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS(*) For versions/markets, where provided(**) 2.0 JTDM 136 HP version

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
229

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 230

FUEL SUPPLY

Fuel supply

SAFETY

1.4 Turbo Multi Air

1.4 Turbo Petrol
1750 Turbo Petrol

1.6 JTDM - 2.0 JTDM

Electronic sequential
phased injection withknock control and variableintake valve actuation

Multipoint sequential
phased electronic injection,
electronically controlledwith turbo andintercooler

Common Rail Multijet
direct injection
electronically controlledwith turbo and intercooler

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

TRANSMISSION
1.4 Turbo Petrol - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1750 Turbo Petrol - 1.6 JTDM - 2.0 JTDMSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Gearbox

Six forward gears plus reverse with synchronisers forforward gears

ClutchSelf-adjusting with no free travel

Drive

Front

Modifications or repairs to the fuel supply system that are not carried out properly or do not take the technicalspecifications of the system into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.

Alfawiki.nl
230

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 231

BRAKES
1.4 Turbo Petrol - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1750 Turbo Petrol - 1.6 JTDM - 2.0 JTDM
Service brakes:– front

Self-ventilated discs– rearDisc

Parking brakeControlled by hand lever, acting on rear brakes

IMPORTANT Water, ice and salt sprinkled on the roads may deposit on the brake disks reducing braking efficiency the first time the brakes
are applied.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGSUSPENSIONS
1.4 Turbo Petrol - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1750 Turbo Petrol - 1.6 JTDM - 2.0 JTDM
Front

Mc Pherson independent wheel with anti-roll bar

Rear

Multi-link structure system

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCESTEERING SYSTEM
1.4 Turbo Petrol - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1750 Turbo Petrol - 1.6 JTDM - 2.0 JTDM
Type
Turning circle(kerb to kerb)

Rack and pinion with electro-mechanical power steering (Dual Pinion architecture)m

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

10.9

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
231225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 232

WHEELS

Load index (capacity)

RIMS AND TYRES

60 = 250kg
61 = 257kg
62 = 265kg
63 = 272kg
64 = 280kg
65 = 290kg
66 = 300kg
67 = 307kg
68 = 315kg
69 = 325kg
70 = 335kg
71 = 345kg

Pressed steel or alloy rims. Radial type tubeless tyres. All approved
tyres are listed in the Log Book.
IMPORTANT In the event of discrepancies between the information
provided in this “Owner’s handbook” and the “Log book”, consider the specifications shown in the log book only.
Comply with the prescribed size to ensure safety of the car in movement. Fit tyres of the same make and type on all wheels.
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubes with Tubeless tyres.
SPACE SAVER SPARE WHEELIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

Pressed steel rim Tubeless tyre.

72 = 355kg
73 = 365kg
74 = 375kg
75 = 387kg
76 = 400kg
77 = 412kg
78 = 425kg
79 = 437kg
80 = 450kg
81 = 462kg
82 = 475kg
83 = 487kg

84 = 500kg
85 = 515kg
86 = 530kg
87 = 545kg
88 = 560kg
89 = 580kg
90 = 600kg
91 = 615kg
92 = 630kg
93 = 650kg
94 = 670kg
95 = 690kg

96 = 710kg
97 = 730kg
98 = 750kg
99 = 775kg
100 = 800kg
101 = 825kg
102 = 850kg
103 = 875kg
104 = 900kg
105 = 925kg
106 = 950kg

HOW TO READ TYRE MARKINGS fig. 174
Example: 205/55 R 16 91 V
205 = Nominal width (S, distance in mm between sidewalls).
55 = Height/width ratio (H/S) as a percentage.
R = Radial tyre.
16 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).
91 = Load index.
V = Maximum speed index.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
232

fig. 174

A0K0043m

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 233

Maximum speed index
Q = up to 160 km/h.
R = up to 170 km/h.
S = up to 180 km/h.
T = up to 190 km/h.
U = up to 200 km/h.

RIM PROTECTORS fig. 175
H = up to 210 km/h.
V = up to 240 km/h.
W = up to 270 km/h.
Y = up to 300 km/h.

DO NOT fit wheel cups when using integral cups
fixed (with springs) to the steel rim and tyres other than factory-fitted tyres provided with Rim Protector (fig. 175). Use of unsuitable tyres and wheel cups
may cause sudden loss of tyre pressure.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETY

Maximum speed rating
for snow tyres
QM + S = up to 160 km/h.
TM + S = up to 190 km/h.
HM + S = up to 210 km/h.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

HOW TO READ RIM MARKINGS fig. 174

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Example: 7J x 16 H2 ET 41
7 = rim diameter in inches (1).
J = rim drop centre outline (side projection where the tyre beadrests) (2).
16 = rim nominal diameter in inches (corresponds to diameterof the tyre to be mounted) (3 = Ø).
H2 = shape and number of humps (used for withholding tubelesstyre beads on the rim).
ET 41 = wheel camber angle (distance between the disc/rim supporting plane and the wheel rim centre line).

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
fig. 175

A0K0159m

233225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

Versions

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

9:49

Pagina 234

WheelsTyres
Provided

225/40 R18 92W REINFORCED (**) 225/40 R18 92Q REINFORCED

1.4 Turbo Petrol (❍)
1.6 JTDM (❍)

71/2 Jx17 H2 ET 41
71/2 Jx18 H2 ET 41

225/40 R18 92W REINFORCED (**) 225/40 R18 92Q REINFORCED

1.4 Turbo Multi Air
2.0 JTDM

7Jx16 H2 ET 41 (*)
7Jx16 H2 ET 41
71/2 Jx17 H2 ET 41
71/2 Jx18 H2 ET 41

225/40 R18 92W REINFORCED (**) 225/40 R18 92Q REINFORCED

1.4 Turbo Multi Air (❍)
2.0 JTDM (❍)

71/2 Jx17 H2 ET 41
71/2 Jx18 H2 ET 41

225/40 R18 92W REINFORCED (**) 225/40 R18 92Q REINFORCED

1750 Turbo Petrol

71/2 Jx17 H2 ET 41
71/2 Jx18 H2 ET 41

225/40 R18 92W REINFORCED (**) 225/40 R18 92Q REINFORCED

Space-saver spare wheel
Tyre
Rim

195/55 R16 91V REINFORCED (*) 195/55 R16 91Q REINFORCED (*)

205/55 R16 91V
225/45 R17 91W
225/45 R17 91W

205/55 R16 91Q
225/45 R17 91Q
225/45 R17 91Q

T135/70 R16 100M
T125/80 R17 99M

4B x 16 ET 22
4B x 17 ET 25

T125/80 R17 99M

4B x 17 ET 25

T135/70 R16 100M
T125/80 R17 99M

4B x 16 ET 22
4B x 17 ET 25

T125/80 R17 99M

4B x 17 ET 25

T125/80 R17 99M

4B x 17 ET 25

195/55 R16 91V REINFORCED (*) 195/55 R16 91Q REINFORCED (*)

205/55 R16 91V
225/45 R17 91W
225/45 R17 91W
225/45 R17 91W

205/55 R16 91Q
225/45 R17 91Q
225/45 R17 91Q
225/45 R17 91Q

Snow chain use
All versions: for 195/55 R16”, 205/55 R16” and 225/45 R17” size tyres use low-clearance snow chains with a maximum protrusion beyond thetyre profile of 9 mm.
(*) For versions/markets, where provided(**) Tyres not suitable for fitting snow chains.
(❍) Versions with oversized brake calipers

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
234

Snow

7Jx16 H2 ET 41 (*)
7Jx16 H2 ET 41
71/2 Jx17 H2 ET 41
71/2 Jx18 H2 ET 41

1.4 Turbo Petrol
1.6 JTDM

SAFETY

15-09-2011

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 235

COLD TYRE PRESSURES (bar)Versions

Size

STANDARD TYRES
Medium load

1.4 Turbo Petrol
1.6 JTDM

195/55 R16 91V REINFORCED

205/55 R16 91V
225/45 R17 91W
225/40 R18 92W REINFORCED

1.4 Turbo Multi Air
2.0 JTDM

195/55 R16 91V REINFORCED

205/55 R16 91V
225/45 R17 91W
225/40 R18 92W REINFORCED

1750 Turbo Petrol

225/45 R17 91W
225/40 R18 92W REINFORCED

Space-saver spare
wheel

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR
Full load

Front

Rear

Front

Rear

2.6
2.3
2.3
2.6

2.2
2.1
2.1
2.2

3.0
2.7
2.7
3.0

2.6
2.3
2.3
2.6

2.6
2.3
2.3
2.6

2.2
2.1
2.1
2.2

3.0
2.7
2.7
3.0

2.6
2.3
2.3
2.6

2.3
2.6

2.1
2.2

2.7
3.0

2.3
2.6

T135/70 R16 100M
T125/80 R17 99M

4.2

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed pressure when the tyres are warm. Check correct pressure on a cold tyre.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the pressure prescribed for standard tyres.
When running at speeds higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at full-load pressures.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
235

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 236

DIMENSIONS
Dimensions are expressed in mm and refer to the vehicle equipped with its original tyres.
Height is measured with vehicle unladen.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

BOOT VOLUME
Unladen capacity (V.D.A. standards): 350 dm3
A

B

C

4351

955

2634

A0K0133m

D

E

F

G

H

762

1465

1554

1798

1554

Alfawiki.nl
236

Small variations in size are possible depending on the dimensions of the rims.

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 237

PERFORMANCE
Versions

Top speed (km/h)

Acceleration 0-100 km/h (s)1.4 Turbo Petrol

195

9.4

1.4 Turbo Petrol (*)

192

9.4

1.4 Turbo Multi Air

218

7.8

1.4 Turbo Multi Air (*)

215

7.8

1750 Turbo Petrol

242

6.8

1.6 JTDM

185

11.3

2.0 JTDM

218

8.0

2.0 JTDM 136 HP (*)

205—

2.0 JTDM 140 HP (*)

205

9.0

2.0 JTDM 163 HP (*)

215

8.0

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS(*) For versions/markets, where provided

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
237

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 238

WEIGHTS
Weights (kg)

1.4 Turbo Petrol

1.4 Turbo Multi Air

1750 Turbo Petrol

Unladen weight(with all fluids, fuel tankfilled to 90% and without
optional equipment):

1280

1290

1320

Payload (*)
including the driver:

505

505

505

Maximum permitted loads (**)– front axle :– rear axle:– total:

1100
850
1785

1100
850
1795

1100
850
1825

Towable loads– braked trailer:– non-braked trailer:

1300
500

1300
500

1300
500

Maximum load on roof:

50

50

50

Maximum load on the ball joint(braked trailer):

60

60

60

(*)

If special equipment is fitted (sun roof, trailer towing equipment, etc.) the unladen weight will increase and consequently the payload will decrease in relation to the maximum permitted loads.

(**) Loads that must not be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.

Alfawiki.nl
238

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

Weights (kg)

9:49

Pagina 239

1.6 JTDM

2.0 JTDM

Unladen weight(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):

1310

1320

Payload (*)
including the driver:

505

505

Maximum permitted loads (**)– front axle:– rear axle:– total:

1100
850
1815

1100
850
1825

Towable loads– braked trailer:– non-braked trailer:

1300
500

1300
500

Maximum load on roof:

50

50

Maximum load on the ball joint(braked trailer):

60

60

(*)

If special equipment is fitted (sun roof, trailer towing equipment, etc.) the unladen weight will increase and consequently the payload will
decrease in relation to the maximum permitted loads.

(**) Loads that must not be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying platform
within the maximum permitted loads.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
239

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 240

CAPACITIES
1.4 Turbo Petrol
litreskg
Fuel tank:including a reserve of:60
8 - 10

1.4 Turbo Multi Air
litreskg––

60
8 - 10––60
8 - 10––Prescribed fueland genuine lubricantsUnleaded petrol
not less than 95 R.O.N(EN228 specifications)

5.7

5.0

5.7

5.0

6.4

5.7

Mixture of demineralised
water and PARAFLUUP
in 50-50 proportion (▲)

2.75

2.3

3.1

2.6

5.0

4.25

SELENIA StAR P.E.

3.1

2.6

3.5

2.9

5.1

4.35

Gearbox/differential
casing:

1.87

1.6

1.87

1.6

1.87

1.6

TUTELA TRANSMISSIONGEARFORCE

Hydraulic brake circuitwith ABS:

0.83

0.78

0.83

0.78

0.83

0.78

TUTELA TOP 4

Windscreen/
rear window/
headlight
liquid reservoir (*):

2.8
(4.6)

2.5
(4.1)

2.8
(4.6)

2.5
(4.1)

2.8
(4.6)

2.5
(4.1)

Engine cooling system– with climate
control:Engine sump:
Engine sump andfilter:

Water and liquid mixture
TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35(▲) When the car is used under particularly harsh climate conditions, we recommend using a 60% mixture of PARAFLUUP and 40% of demineralised water.
(*) The figures in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
240

1750 Turbo Petrol
litreskg

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 241

1.6 JTDM
litreskg

2.0 JTDM
litreskg

Fuel tank:including a reserve of:60
8 - 10––60
8 - 10Engine cooling system- with climate
control:

6.8

6.0

4.0

3.4

4.2

Gearbox/differential
casing:Prescribed fueland genuine lubricants––

Automotive diesel(EN590 specifications)

6.7

5.9

Mixture of demineralised
water and PARAFLUUP in
50-50 proportion (▲)

4.0

3.4

SELENIA WR P.E.

3.5

4.2

3.5

1.87

1.6

1.87

1.6

TUTELA TRANSMISSIONGEARFORCE

Hydraulic brake circuit with ABS:

0.83

0.78

0.83

0.78

TUTELA TOP 4

Windscreen/rear window/
headlight liquid reservoir (*):

2.8
(4.6)

2.5
(4.1)

2.8
(4.6)

2.5
(4.1)

Water and liquid mixture
TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35

Engine sump:
Engine sump andfilter:(▲) When the car is used under particularly harsh climate conditions, we recommend using a 60% mixture of PARAFLUUP and 40% of demineralised water.

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE(*) The figures in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
241225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9:49

Pagina 242

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND SPECIFICATIONSUseSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

15-09-2011

Fluid and lubricant features
for correct use of the car

Genuinefluids and lubricantsFrequencyof replacement

Petrol engine
lubricants

SAE 5W-40 ACEA C3 grade totally synthetic lubricant
FIAT 9.55535-S2 certification.

SELENIA StAR P.E.
Contractual Technical
Reference N. F603.D08

As per the
ScheduledServicing Plan

Diesel engine
lubricants

SAE 5W-30 grade totally synthetic lubricant
FIAT 9.55535-S1 certification.

SELENIA WR P.E.
Contractual Technical
Reference N. F510.D07

As per the
ScheduledServicing Plan

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

For diesel engines, in the event of an emergency in which the original products are not available, lubricants with at least ACEA C2 performance are
acceptable; however, in this case optimum engine performance is not guaranteed and the lubricants should be replaced with recommended products
as soon as possible at Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
The use of products with features lower than ACEA A3 (petrol engines) and ACEA C2 (diesel engines) could cause engine damage not covered by warranty.
For petrol engines with Multi Air system, use of lubricants with features lower than ACEA C3 and SAE grade other than 5W-40 could cause engine
damage which is not covered by warranty.

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
242

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

Use

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 243

Fluid and lubricant specifications
for correct use of the car

Genuinefluids and lubricantsApplications

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAE 75W grade synthetic lubricant.
FIAT 9.55550-MZ6 qualification

TUTELA TRANSMISSIONGEARFORCE
Contractual Technical
Reference N. F002.F10

Gearboxes anddifferentials(mechanical)

Grease for constant-velocity joints with low
friction coefficient. NL.GI. 0-1 consistency
FIAT 9.55580 qualification

TUTELA STAR 700
Contractual Technical
Reference N. F701.C07

Differential side
constant-velocity joints

Molybdenum disulphide grease for high temperatures.
NL.GI. 1-2 consistency
FIAT 9.55580 qualification

TUTELA ALL STAR
Contractual Technical
Reference N. F702.G07

CV joints
wheel side

Brake
fluid

Synthetic fluid for braking and clutch systems
Exceeds specifications: FMVSS n. 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925,
SAE J 1704. Qualification FIAT 9.55597

TUTELA TOP 4
Contractual Technical
Reference N. F001.A93

Hydraulic brakes andhydraulically operated
clutchProtective agent
for radiators

Red protective with antifreeze action, based on inhibitedmonoethylene glycol with organic formula.
Exceeding CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications.

PARAFLU (●)
Contractual Technical
Reference N. F101.M01

Cooling circuits
proportions of use:
50% water
50% PARAFLUUP (❑)

Additivefor diesel fuelAdditive for diesel with antifreeze and protective action fordiesel engines.

TUTELA DIESEL ART
Contractual Technical
Reference N. F601.L06

To be mixed with fueloil (25 cc per 10 litres)

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Windscreen/
rear window/
headlamp
washer fluid
level

Mixture of spirits and surfactants.
Exceeds CUNA NC 956-11 specifications.
FIAT 9.55522 qualification

TUTELA
PROFESSIONAL SC 35
Contractual Technical
Reference N. F201.D02

To be used diluted orundiluted in windscreen/ rear window
washer/wiper systems

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

Lubricants
for motion
transmission

UP(●) IMPORTANT Do not use fluids with different specifications for topping up or mixing.
(❑) When the vehicle is used in particularly harsh climate conditions, we recommend using a 60-40 mixture of PARAFLUUP and distilled water.

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
243225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCY

9:49

Pagina 244

FUEL CONSUMPTION
The fuel consumption figures given in the table below are determined on the basis of the homologation tests laid down by specific
European Directives.
The procedures below are followed for measuring consumption:❍ urban cycle: cold starting followed by driving that simulates
urban use of the car;❍ extra urban cycle: driving simulating the use of the vehicle ina non-urban situation with frequent acceleration in all gears;
the speed varies between 0 and 120 km/h;❍ combined consumption: about 37% of the urban cycle andaround 63% of the non-urban cycle.

IMPORTANT The type of route, traffic situations, weather conditions,driving style, general conditions of the car, trim level/
equipment/accessories, load, climate control system, roof rack,other situations that affect air drag may lead to different fuel consumption levels than those measured.

FUEL CONSUMPTION ACCORDING TO THE CURRENT EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE (litres/100 km)
1.4

1.4 Turbo

1750

Turbo Petrol

Multi Air

Turbo Petrol

Urban cycle

8.4

7.8

10.8

Extra urban cycle

5.3

4.6

Combined consumption

6.4

5.8

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

15-09-2011

2.0 JTDM

2.0 JTDM

2.0 JTDM

136 HP

163 HP/170 HP

140 HP

5.5

5.6

5.8

5.6

5.8

3.7

3.9

4.1

3.9

7.6

4.4

4.5

4.7

4.5

CONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
244

1.6 JTDM

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 245

CO2 EMISSIONSGETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

The CO2 emission levels at the exhaust given in the following table refer to combined consumption.
CO2 EMISSIONS ACCORDING TO CURRENT EUROPEAN DIRECTIVES (g/km)
1.4
Turbo Petrol

1.4
Turbo Multi Air

1750
Turbo Petrol

1.6 JTDM

2.0 JTDM
136 HP

2.0 JTDM
163 HP/170 HP

2.0 JTDM
140 HP

149

134

177

114

119

124

119

SAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
245

225-246 Alfa Giulietta EN 5ed

15-09-2011

9:49

Pagina 246

Alfawiki.nl
blank page

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:07

Pagina 247

S O U N D S Y S T E M (where provided)

QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE ...... 251
Steering wheel controls ................ 254
General information ...................... 256
FUNCTIONS AND
ADJUSTMENTS ....................... 257
Switching the sound system ........... 257
Switching the sound system ........... 257
Selecting radio functions ................ 257
Selecting CD function ..................... 257
Audio source memory function ........ 257
Volume adjustment ....................... 257
Mute/Pause function .................... 258
Audio adjustments ........................ 258
Tone adjustment ........................... 259
Balance adjustment ...................... 259
Fader adjustment ......................... 259
Loudness function ......................... 260
Menu .......................................... 261
Phone function ............................. 267
Anti-theft protection ....................... 267

RADIO (TUNER)....................... 269
Introduction ................................. 269
Selecting a frequency band ............ 269
Preset buttons .............................. 269
Storing the last station listened to ... 269
Automatic tuning .......................... 270
Manual tuning ............................. 270
AutoSTore function ........................ 270
Emergency alarm reception ............ 271
EON function ............................... 271
Stereo stations ............................. 271
CD PLAYER .............................. 272
Introduction ................................. 272
Selecting the CD player ................ 272
Loading/ejecting a CD .................. 272
Display readings ........................... 273
Track selection .............................. 273

CD MP3 PLAYER...................... 274
Introduction ................................. 274
MP3 mode .................................. 274
Selecting MP3 sessions
on hybrid discs ............................. 275
Display readings ........................... 275
Select next/previous folder ........... 275
Structure of the folders .................. 275
AUX (only with Blue&Me™)(for versions/markets,
where provided)............................ 276
Introduction ................................. 276
AUX mode ................................... 276

SOUND SYSTEMPRESENTATION........................ 248
Tips ............................................ 248
Technical specifications .................. 250

TROUBLESHOOTING ............... 277
General ....................................... 277
CD player .................................... 277
MP3 File reading .......................... 277

Fast forward/fast rewind ............... 273
Pause function ............................. 273

Alfawiki.nl
247

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:07

Pagina 248

INTRODUCTIONSOUND SYSTEM

The radio has been designed according to
the passenger compartment’s specific characteristics and with a personalised designthat is incorporated perfectly with the styleof the dashboard.
The instructions for use are given below. We
recommend that you read them carefully.

TIPS
Road safety
Familiarise yourself with the various car radio functions (e.g. storing radio stations),
before starting to drive.

Reception conditions
Reception conditions change constantly
while driving. Reception may be interferedwith by the presence of mountains, buildings or bridges, or when you are far awayfrom the broadcaster.
IMPORTANT The volume may be increased
when receiving traffic bulletins.

If the volume is too loud this
could be dangerous for thedriver and for passengers when driving in traffic. Always adjust the volume so that you can still hear background noises.

Care and maintenance
Only clean the cover with a soft, anti-static
cloth. Cleaning and polishing products could
damage the surface.

Alfawiki.nl
248

9-01-2012

CD
Dirt, scratches or any distortions on CDs
could cause problems and poor sound quality during playback. Follow these tips for optimum playback conditions:❍ only use CDs with the following brand;❍ clean every CD to remove any fingerprints or dust using a soft cloth. Hold CDs
by the circumference and clean themfrom the middle outwards;❍ never use chemicals (e.g. anti-static
products or thinners or sprays) for cleaning as they could damage the surface of
the CDs;❍ after listening, place CDs back in theircases to avoid damaging them;❍ do not expose CDs to direct sunlight,
high temperatures or damp for long periods;

10:07

Pagina 249❍ do not stick labels on the surface of the
CD and do not write on the recorded surface using pens or pencils;❍ do not use CDs that are clearly
scratched, flawed, distorted, etc. Using
discs like this will result in malfunctions
or damage to the player;❍ to achieve the best quality audio reproduction we recommend the use of original CD media. If CD-R/RWs that havenot been correctly recorded and/or witha maximum capacity above 650 MB are
used, correct operation is not guaranteed;❍ do not use the protective sleeves soldfor CDs or discs with stabilizers, etc. because they may get stuck in the internalmechanism and damage the disc;❍ if copy-protected CDs are used, it may
take a few seconds before the systemstarts playing them. The CD player is notguaranteed to play all copy-protecteddiscs. The fact that the CD is protectedfrom being copied is often shown in verysmall letters on the CD cover itself where
it may, for example, say “COPY CONTROL”, “COPY PROTECTED”, “THIS CD
CANNOT BE PLAYED ON A PC/MAC”, or
it may be identified through the use ofsymbols, such as, for example:❍ The CD player is capable of reading mostcompression systems currently in use(e.g.: LAME, BLADE, XING, FRAUNHOFER) but, following the developmentof these systems, the reading of all compression formats is not guaranteed.

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Alfawiki.nl
249

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSPagina 250

BOSE HI-FI SYSTEM LEVEL(for versions/markets,
where provided)

Maximum power: 4x30W
BASIC SYSTEM LEVEL❍ HI-FI level audio❍ Standard level audio

Front speakers

Front speakers– 2 tweeters (38 mm );– 2 mid-woofer speakers (165 mm– 2 tweeters (38 mm

øø).

Rear speakers– 2 full-range speakers (165 mm ø).
SOUND SYSTEM

10:07❍ Mid-range radio(dual tuner)
MID-RANGE SYSTEMø);– 2 mid-woofer speakers (165 mm– 1 mid-tweeter (Centerfill) speaker
fitted in the dashboard.

Rear speakers– 2 tweeters (38 mm

ø);– 2 mid-woofer speakers (165 mm❍ Mid-range audio– 1 amplifier (8 channels);

Front speakers– 2 tweeters (38 mm ø);– 2 mid-woofer speakers (165 mm ø).

– 1 bass box.
❍ High-end radio(dual tuner and double aerial)

Rear speakers– 2 tweeters (38 mm ø);– 2 mid-woofer speakers (165 mm ø).
❍ High-end radio(dual tuner and double aerial)

Alfawiki.nl
250

ø).

ø),

The BOSE HI-FI audio system has been carefully designed to provide the best acoustic
performance and reproduce sound like a live
concert in all areas of the passenger compartment.
The system faithfully reproduces crystalline
high tones and provides full and rich bass
tones that make the loudness function superfluous. The complete range of sound isreproduced throughout the entire passenger
compartment so that the occupants are enveloped with the feeling of space experienced when listening to live music.
The components used have been patented
and make use of the most sophisticatedtechnology whilst at the same time being
easy to use by even the most inexperienced
people.

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:07

Pagina 251

SOUND SYSTEMQUICK REFERENCE GUIDE

fig. 1

Alfawiki.nl

A0K0031m

251247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

10:07

Pagina 252

BUTTON(fig. 1)

GENERAL FUNCTIONS

MODE

g

Switching on

Short button press

Switching off
Volume adjustment
Selection of radio source FM1, FM2, FM Autostore

Short button press
Left/right rotation of left knob
Short cyclical button press

Selection of radio source MW

Short cyclical button press

Selection of CD/Media Player source (only with Blue&Me™)/AUX(only with Blue&Me™) (for versions/markets, where provided)

Short cyclical button press

MUTE

Volume on/off (MUTE/PAUSE)

Short button press

O

Audio adjustments: low tones (BASS), high tones (TREBLE),
left/right balance (BALANCE), front/rear balance (FADER)

Menu activation: short button press
Selection of type of adjustment: pressing buttons  or 
Adjustment of values: pressing buttons  or 

MENU

Advanced functions adjustment

Menu activation: short button press
Selection of type of adjustment: pressing buttons  or 
Adjustment of values: pressing buttons  or A (fig. 1)
FMAS
AM
MEDI

SOUND SYSTEM

9-01-2012

Alfawiki.nl
252

BUTTON(fig. 1)9-01-2012

10:07

Pagina 253

RADIO FUNCTIONS

MODE


 


Radio station search:• Automatic search• Manual search

Automatic search: press buttons  or 
(hold down for fast forward)
Manual search: press buttons  or 
(hold down for fast forward)

123456

Storing current radio station

Hold down the respective buttons for preset
memories 1 to 6

Stored station recall

Briefly press the respective buttons for preset
memories 1 to 6

BUTTON(fig. 1)

CD FUNCTIONS

MODE

˚

Eject CD

Short button press

Play previous/next track

Short press buttons  or 

CD track fast forward/rewind

Hold down buttons  or Play previous/next folder (for CD-MP3)

Short press buttons  or 

BUTTON(fig. 1)

Media Player FUNCTIONS(only with Blue&Me™)

MODE



Selecting previous/next folder/artist/genre/album
depending on selected selection mode
Play previous/next track

Short button press



SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Short button press

Alfawiki.nl
253247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:07

Pagina 254

SOUND SYSTEMSTEERING WHEEL CONTROLS (for versions/markets, where provided) fig. 2

A0K0118m

fig. 2

Alfawiki.nl
254

9-01-2012

10:07

Pagina 255

BUTTON(fig. 2)

FUNCTION

MODE&

AudioMute on/off (Radio mode)or Pause function: MP3 or Media Player mode (only with Blue&Me™)

Short button press+

Volume up

Button press−

Volume down

Button press

SRC

Selection of Radio frequency range (FM1, FM2, FMT, FMA, MW) or
listening sources: Radio, MP3 or Media Player (only with Blue&Me™)/
AUX (only with Blue&Me™) (for versions/markets, where provided)

Button press䊱Radio: recall programmed stations (from 1 to 6)
CD/CD MP3: selection of next track

Button press䊲Radio: recall programmed stations (from 1 to 6)
CD/CD MP3: selection of previous track

Button press

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Alfawiki.nl
255247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

SOUND SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATIONThe radio has the following functions:256

Tuner section❍ PLL tuning with FM/AM/MW frequency bands;❍ RDS (Radio Data System) with TA (Traffic Information) - TP (Traffic Programs) EON (Enhanced Other Network) - REG(Regional Programs) functions;❍ AF: alternative frequency search selection in RDS mode;❍ emergency alarm setup;❍ automatic/manual station tuning;❍ FM Multipath detector;❍ manual storing of 30 stations: 18 on
FM band (6 on FM1, 6 on FM2, 6 on
FMT), 12 on MW band (6 on MW1,
6 on MW2);❍ automatic storage (AUTOSTORE function) of 6 stations on the dedicated FM
band;❍ SPEED VOLUME function (excluding versions with Bose HI-FI system): speeddependent automatic volume adjustment;❍ automatic Stereo/Mono selection.

10:07

Pagina 256

CD section❍ Direct selection of the disc;❍ Select track (forward/backward);❍ Track fast advance (forward/backward);❍ CD Display function: display of discname/time elapsed since the start of
the track;❍ Audio CD, CD-R and CD-RW playback.

Audio section❍ Mute/Pause function;❍ Soft Mute function;❍ Loudness function (excluding versions
with Bose HI-FI system);❍ 7 band graphic equalizer (excluding versions with Bose HI-FI system);❍ Separate adjustment of treble/bass
tones;❍ Right/left channel balance.

Multimedia CDs include data
tracks in addition to the audio tracks. Playing this type of CD
could cause hissing at a volume that
could jeopardise road safety as well
as damage the output stages and the
speakers.

Media Player section(only with Blue&Me™)
See the description in the Blue&Me™ Supplement for the operation of the Media
Player.

MP3 CD section❍ MP3-Info function (ID3-TAG);❍ Select folder (previous/next);❍ Select track (forward/backward);❍ Track fast advance (forward/backward);❍ MP3 Display function: display of nameof folder, ID3-TAG information, time
elapsed since the start of the track, filename);❍ Audio or data CD, CD-R and CD-RW playAlfawiki.nlback.

AUX section(only with Blue&Me™)(for versions/markets, where provided)❍ AUX source selection;❍ AUX Offset function: alignment of theportable device volume to the one of theother sources;❍ Portable player reading.

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:07

Pagina 257

FUNCTIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS
SELECTING THE
RADIO FUNCTIONS
By pressing the FMAS button quickly and repeatedly, the following audio sources can beselected cyclically:❍ TUNER (“FM1”, “FM2”, “FMA”);
By pressing the AM button quickly and repeatedly, the following audio sources can beselected cyclically:❍ TUNER (“MW1”, “MW2”).
SELECTING CD FUNCTION
Press the MEDIA button briefly to select the
CD function.

SWITCHING OFF THE
SOUND SYSTEM
Briefly press the button g.

AUDIO SOURCE MEMORYFUNCTION
If another function (e.g. the radio) is selected whilst listening to a CD, playing is interrupted and is resumed from the same point
when returning to the CD source.
If another function is selected whilst listening
to the radio, the last station selected is tuned
into when returning to the Radio source.
VOLUME ADJUSTMENT
To adjust the volume, turn the left knob A(fig. 1).
If the volume level is changed during thetransmission of traffic news, the new setting
will only be maintained until the update isfinished.

SOUND SYSTEMSWITCHING ON THE
SOUND SYSTEM
The car radio is switched on by briefly pressing button g.
When the car radio is turned on, the volume
is limited to value 20 if it was set to a higher value when previously used or to value 5
if it was previously set to value 0 or to
Mute/Pause. The previously set value ismaintained in all other cases.
When the radio is turned on with the key
extracted from the ignition, it switches off
automatically after about 20 minutes. Afterit turns off automatically, it can be switchedon again for an additional 20 minutes bypressing button g.

Alfawiki.nl
257

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

MUTE/PAUSE FUNCTION(zeroing the volume)
Press the MUTE button briefly to activate theMute function. The volume will gradually decrease and the words “RADIO Mute” will appear on the display (in radio mode) or“PAUSE” (in CD mode).
Press the MUTE button again to deactivate
the Mute function. The volume will gradually increase until it reaches the level set previously.
When the volume is changed using the dedicated controls, the Mute function is deactivated and the volume is adjusted to the newlevel selected.
With the Mute function activated, it will beignored when there is an incoming traffic alert(if the TA function is activated), or if an emergency alarm is received. The function will bereactivated when the alert is over.

10:07

Pagina 258

AUDIO ADJUSTMENTS
The functions in the audio menu differ according to the activated source: AM/FM/
CD/Media Player (only with Blue&Me™)/
AUX (only with Blue&Me™) (for versions/markets, where provided).
Press the O button briefly to change the
Audio functions. After the O button is firstpressed, the display will show the bass level value for the source activated at that time(e.g. in FM mode the display will show “FMBass + 2”).
To scroll through the Menu functions use buttons  or . To change the setting of theselected function, use buttons  or .
The current status of the function selected
will be shown on the display.

Alfawiki.nl
258

The functions managed by the Menu are:
❍ BASS (bass adjustment);❍ TREBLE (treble adjustment);❍ BALANCE (right/left balance adjustment);❍ FADER (front/rear balance adjustment);❍ LOUDNESS (excluding versions with
Bose HI-FI system) (activation/deactivation of LOUDNESS function);❍ EQUALIZER (excluding versions with
Bose HI-FI system) (activation and selection of equalizer factory settings);❍ USER EQUALISER (excluding versions
with Bose HI-FI Bose) (personalised
equalizer settings).

9-01-2012

TONE ADJUSTMENT(bass/treble)
Proceed as follows:❍ Use buttons  or  to set the “Bass”
or “Treble” in the AUDIO menu;❍ press buttons  or  to increase/decrease the bass or treble settings.
By pressing the buttons briefly, the levels
will change progressively. By pressing themfor longer, the levels will change quickly.

10:07

Pagina 259

BALANCE ADJUSTMENT
Proceed as follows:❍ Use buttons  or  to set the “Balance” in the AUDIO menu;❍ press button  to increase the soundfrom the right speakers or  to increase
the sound from the left speakers.
By pressing the buttons briefly, the levels
will change progressively. By pressing themfor longer, the levels will change quickly.
Select the “ 0 ” value to set the rightand left audio outputs at the same value.

FADER ADJUSTMENT
Proceed as follows:❍ Use buttons  or  to set the “Fader balance” in the AUDIO menu;❍ press button  to increase the soundcoming from the rear speakers or  toincrease the sound coming from thefront speakers.
By pressing the buttons briefly, the levels
will change progressively. By pressing themfor longer, the levels will change quickly.
Select the “ 0 ” value to set the front
and rear audio outputs at the same value.
SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Alfawiki.nl
259

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

Pagina 260

EQ function(activation/deactivation ofequalizer)(excluding versions with Bose
HI-FI system)
The built-in equalizer can be activated/deactivated. When the equalizer function
is off, the audio settings can only bechanged by adjusting the bass and treble
settings, whereas when the function is on,
the acoustic curves can be adjusted. To deactivate the equalizer, select the “EQ OFF”
function using buttons  or .

SOUND SYSTEMLOUDNESS FUNCTION(excluding versions with Bose
HI-FI system)
The Loudness function improves the volumeof the sound whilst listening at low volumes,
increasing the bass and treble.
To activate/deactivate the function, selectthe Loudness setting on the AUDIO menu using the  or  buttons. The function status (on or off) is shown on the display fora few seconds by the words Loudness On or
Loudness Off.

10:07

When one of the equalizer adjustments is
activated the letters “EQ” light up.

Alfawiki.nl
260

To activate the equalizer, select one of thefollowing adjustments using buttons  or:❍ “FM/AM/CD...EQ User” (adjustmentof the 7 equalizer bands that can bechanged by the user);❍ “Classic” (predefined equalizer setting
for optimum playback of classical music);❍ “Rock” (predefined equalizer setting for
optimum playback of rock and pop music);❍ “Jazz” (predefined equalizer setting for
optimum playback of jazz music).

9-01-2012*USER EQ SETTINGS function(equalizer settings only if the
USER settings function has
been selected)(excluding versions
with Bose HI-FI system)
To set a customised equalizer adjustment,
set either the  or  button to USER andpress the MENU button.
A graph with 7 bars will appear on the display, where each bar represents a frequency. Select the bar to adjust using the  or; buttons; the bar selected will start toflash and can be adjusted using the  or
 buttons.
Press the O button again to store the setting. The display will show the source activated at the time followed by the word
USER. If the mode is, for example, FM, thenthe display will show “FM EQ User”.

10:07

Pagina 261

MENU
MENU button functions
Press the MENU button briefly to activate
the Menu function. The display will show the
first menu item that can be adjusted (AF)(“AF Switching On” on the display).
To scroll through the Menu functions use buttons  or . To change the setting of theselected function, use buttons  or .
The current status of the function selected
will be shown on the display.

The functions managed by the Menu are:
❍ AF SWITCHING (ON/OFF);❍ TRAFFIC INFORMATION (ON/OFF);❍ REGIONAL MODE regional programmes(ON/OFF);❍ MP3 DISPLAY (CD MP3 display setting);❍ SPEED VOLUME (excluding versions with
Bose HI-FI system) (speed-dependent
automatic volume adjustment);❍ RADIO ON VOLUME (radio volume maximum limit activation/deactivacion);❍ AUX OFFSET (alignment of the portabledevice volume to the one of the othersources);❍ RADIO OFF (switching off mode);❍ SYSTEM RESET.
Press the MENU button again to exit the
Menu function.
IMPORTANT AF SWITCHING, TRAFFIC INFORMATION and REGIONAL MODE adjustments
are only possible in FM mode.

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Alfawiki.nl
261

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

AF SWITCHING function(alternative frequency search)
The radio can operate in two different modesin the RDS system:❍ “AF Switching On”: search for alternative frequencies activated (the letters“AF” appear on the display);❍ “AF Switching Off”: search for alternative frequencies not activated.
Proceed as follows to switch the function
on/off:❍ press the MENU button and select “AF
Switching On”;
❍ press the  /  buttons to switch thefunction on/off.

10:07

Pagina 262

With the function activated, the radio automatically tunes into the station with thestrongest signal broadcasting the same program. In this way when driving you can continue listening to the same station without
having to change the frequency when you
change areas.
Obviously, it must be possible to receive thestation that you are listening to in the area
you are driving through.
If the AF function is activated, “AF” will lightup in the display.
If the AF function has been activated andthe radio is no longer capable of receiving
the station tuned into, the radio will activate
the automatic search during which the display will show “FM Search” (only for thehigh end radio).

Alfawiki.nl
262

With the AF function deactivated, the remaining RDS functions such as the displayof the name of the radio station continue toremain activated.
The AF function can only be activated on FM
bands.

9-01-2012

TRAFFIC INFORMATION
function (traffic information)
Some stations on the FM band (FM1, FM2
and FMA) can transmit information about
traffic conditions. In this case the letters “TA”
will appear on the display.
Proceed as follows to switch the TA function
on/off:❍ briefly press the MENU button and select “Traffic Info”;❍ press buttons  /  to switch thefunction on/off.
If the TA function is activated, “TA” will lightup on the display.
IMPORTANT If the TA function is activatedwith an audio source other than Tuner (Radio) (CD, MP3, Telephone or Mute/Pause),
the radio can carry out an automatic searchand therefore it is possible, when reactivating the Tuner (Radio) source, that the frequency tuned into will be different from theone set previously.

10:08

Pagina 263

With the TA function it is possible to:❍ search only for RDS stations that transmit on the FM band, which are enabled
to transmit traffic information;❍ receive traffic information even if the CD
player is on;❍ receive traffic information at a minimum
preset volume even with the radio volume off.
IMPORTANT In some countries there are radio stations that do not broadcast traffic information even with the TP function activated (“TP” in the display).
If the radio is working on the AM band,
when the TA function is activated it willswitch to the last station tuned into on the
FM1 band.

The volume at which the traffic news is transmitted depends on the listening volume:❍ listening volume below 5: traffic news
volume 5 (fixed value);❍ listening volume above 5: traffic news
volume equal to listening volume +1.
If the volume is changed during a traffic update, the level will not be shown on the display; the new level will only be maintained
during the update.
The display will show the words TRAFFIC INFORMATION whilst a traffic update is being
received.
The TA function can be interrupted by pressing any button on the car radio.

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Alfawiki.nl
263

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

REGIONAL MODE function(reception of regional
broadcasts)
Some national broadcasters will transmit regional programmes at certain times of theday (that vary from region to region). Thisfunction makes it possible to tune into local (regional) broadcasters automatically(see EON function paragraph).
If you want the radio to automatically tune
into the regional stations being broadcast on
the network selected, the function must be
activated.
To turn the function on/off, use buttons 
or .

10:08

Pagina 264

The current status of the function will appear
on the display:❍ “Regional On”: function activated;❍ “Regional Off”: function deactivated.
If the function is deactivated and you havetuned into a regional station working in agiven area and you enter a different area,
then the regional station received in the newarea will be broadcast.
WARNING If the AF and REG functions are onat the same time, once a border between two
regions is crossed, the radio may not switch
correctly to a valid alternative frequency.

Alfawiki.nl
264

MP3 DISPLAY FUNCTION(display of MP3 Compact Disc
information)
This function makes it possible to select the
information shown by the display when listening to a CD containing MP3 tracks.
The function can only be selected if a CD
MP3 is inserted: in this case “MP3 Display”
will appear on the display.
To change the function, use buttons  or.
The following settings are available:❍ “Title” (track title, if the ID3-TAG is available);❍ “Author” (track author, if the ID3-TAG is
available);❍ “Album” (track album, if the ID3-TAG is
available);❍ “Folder” (folder name);❍ “File” (MP3 file name).

9-01-2012

SPEED VOLUME function(variation of volume
dependent on speed)(excluding versions
with Bose HI-FI system)
This function allows the volume level to be
adjusted automatically depending on the
speed of the vehicle, increasing it as the
speed increases to maintain the same balance with the noise level inside the passenger compartment. To turn the function
on/off, press buttons  / . The words
Speed volume should appear on the display
followed by the current status of the function:❍ Off: function deactivated❍ Low: function activated(low setting)❍ High: function activated(high setting).

10:08

Pagina 265

RADIO ON VOLUME function(radio volume maximum limit
activation/deactivation)
This function makes it possible to activate/deactivate the maximum volume limit when turning the radio on.
The display shows the function status:❍ “Radio on vol – Limit on”: when theradio is switched on the volume level
will be:– if the volume level is equal to or higher than the maximum value, the radio will come on at the maximum volume;– if the volume level is between theminimum and maximum values, theradio will come on at the same volume as before it was switched off;
– if the volume level is equal to or lower than the minimum value, the radio
will come on at the minimum volume.
❍ “Radio on vol – Limit off”: the radio will
come on at the volume level it was at
before switching off. The volume may
be between 0 and 40.
To change the setting use buttons  / .

NOTES
❍ Using the MENU it is only possible to adjust the activation/deactivation of thefunction and not the minimum or maximum volume setting.
❍ If the “TA” or “TEL” functions or an outside audio source are activated when theradio is turned on, the radio will comeon at the volume set for these sources.
When the outside audio source is deactivated, the volume can be adjusted between the minimum and maximum levels.
❍ If the battery charge is low, it will not
be possible to adjust the volume between the minimum and maximum
levels.

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Alfawiki.nl
265247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

SOUND SYSTEMAUX OFFSET function(alignment of the portabledevice volume to the one ofthe other sources)
This function enables to align the volume of
the AUX source, depending on its own
portable player, to the one of the othersources. To activate the function, press the
MENU button and then select “AUX offset”.
Press the buttons  or  to decrease or increase the volume value (set from −6 to
+6).

10:08

Pagina 266

RADIO OFF function(on and off mode)This function is used to select the mode forswitching off the radio between two different procedures. To turn the function on use
buttons  or .
The selected mode will appear on the display:❍ “00 MIN”: the radio turns off automatically in connection with the ignition key;
the radio turns off automatically as soon
as the key is turned to the STOP position;❍ “20 MIN”: the radio turns off independently from the ignition key; the radio
remains on for a maximum period of 20
minutes after the key has been turnedto the STOP position.

Alfawiki.nl
266

SYSTEM RESET function
This function is used to restore all settings
to their preset factory values. The optionsare:❍ NO: no restore operation;❍ YES: the default parameters are restored. The display will show “Resetting” during this operation. At the endof the operation, the source does notchange and the previous situation will
be displayed.

9-01-2012

PHONE FUNCTION(only with Blue&MeTM system)
When one phone call is received, the audio
passes to the car sound system through theradio.
The telephone volume is always fixed, but
it can be adjusted during a conversation using the left knob A (fig.1).
If, while using the Blue&MeTM, the phone
call volume is changed, the same is displayed on the radio display, memorised andkept for all the following phone calls until
the engine is switched off.

10:08

Pagina 267

At the next engine start-up:❍ if the radio was switched off witha Blue&MeTM volume lower than 12,
at the next phone call the Blue&MeTM
volume is automatically set to 12;❍ if the radio was switched off witha Blue&MeTM volume higher than 24,
at the next phone call the Blue&MeTM
volume is automatically set to 24;❍ if the radio was switched off with aBlue&MeTM volume ranging between
12 and 24, at the next phone call the
Blue&MeTM volume is kept as previously set by the user.

ANTI-THEFT PROTECTION
The radio is equipped with an anti-theft protection system based on the exchange of information between the car radio and theelectronic control unit (Body Computer) on
the vehicle.
This system guarantees maximum security
and avoids the password having to be entered every time after the radio power supply is disconnected.
If the outcome of the check is positive, theradio will start to work, whilst if the codes
compared are not the same or if the electronic control unit (Body Computer) is replaced, the equipment will notify the userof the need to enter the password following
the procedure in the paragraph below.

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Alfawiki.nl
267

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

Entering the code
When the radio is switched on, if the password is requested, the display will show “Radio code” for about 2 seconds followed byfour dashes “- - - -”.
The code is made up of four numbers from
1 to 6, each corresponding to one of thedashes.
To enter the first number, press the button
corresponding to the preset stations (from1 to 6). Enter the other code numbers in thesame way.
If the four digits are not entered within 20
seconds, the display will show “Enter code
- - - -”. If this occurs, it is not considered anincorrect code entry.

10:08

Pagina 268

After the fourth number is entered (within
20 seconds), the car radio will start to function.
If an incorrect code is entered, the radio will
emit a sound and the display will show “Radio blocked/wait” to notify the user of theneed to enter the correct code.
Each time the user enters an incorrect code,
the waiting time will gradually increase (1min, 2 min, 4 min, 8 min, 16 min, 30
min,1h, 2h, 4h, 8h, 16h, 24h) up to a maximum of 24 hours. The waiting time will beshown on the display by “Radio blocked/
wait”. After the message disappears, thecode entering procedure may be started
again.

Alfawiki.nl
268

Code Card
This document certifies ownership of the carradio. The Code Card contains the model ofthe radio, the serial number and the password.
IMPORTANT Keep the Code Card somewhere
safe so that the authorities can be suppliedwith the relevant information if the radio isstolen.

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 269

INTRODUCTION
When the radio is turned on the last function selected before it was switched off isactivated: Radio, CD, CD MP3, Media Player (only with Blue&Me™) or AUX (onlywith Blue&Me™) (for versions/markets,
where provided).
To select the Radio function whilst listening
to another audio source, press the FMAS or
AM buttons briefly, depending on the desired
band.
Once the Radio mode has been activated,the display will show the name (RDS stations only) and the frequency of the selected radio station, the frequency band selected (e.g. FM1) and the preselect button number (e.g. P1).

FREQUENCY BANDSELECTION
With the Radio mode activated, press the FMAS
or AM button briefly and repeatedly to selectthe desired reception band.
Each time the button is pressed the following bands are selected cyclically:❍ Pressing the FMAS button: “FM1”,“FM2” or “FMA”;❍ Pressing the AM button: “MW1” and“MW2”.
Each band is highlighted by the name in thedisplay. The last station selected on the respective frequency band will be tuned into.
The FM band is divided into sections: FM1,
FM1 or “FMA”; the FMA reception band isreserved for broadcasters stored automatically using the AutoSTore function.

PRESET BUTTONS
The buttons numbered from 1 to 6 can used
to set the following presettings:❍ 18 on the FM band FM (6 on FM1, 6
on FM2, 6 on FMT or “FMA” (on someversions);❍ 12 on the MW band (6 on MW1, 6 on
MW2).
To listen to a preset station, select the desired
frequency band and then briefly press the corresponding preset button (from 1 to 6).
By pressing the preset button for more than
2 seconds, the station tuned into will be
stored. The storing phase is confirmed by an
acoustic signal.

SOUND SYSTEMR A D I O ( Tu n e r )STORING THE LAST STATION
LISTENED TO
The radio automatically stores the last station that was selected for each reception
band, which is then tuned into when theradio is turned on or when the reception
band is changed.

Alfawiki.nl
269

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

SOUND SYSTEMAUTOMATIC TUNING
Briefly press buttons  or  to start the
automatic tuning search for the next stationthat can be received in the selected direction.
If the  or  buttons are pressed down for
longer, the fast search starts. When the button is released, the tuning will stop at thenext station that can be received.
If the TA function (traffic information) is on,
the tuner will only search for stations thatbroadcast traffic updates.
MANUAL TUNING
This allows a manual search for stations on
the preselected band.
Select the desired frequency band and thenpress the  or  button briefly and repeatedly to start to the search in the desired direction. If the  or  buttons are pressed
for longer, the fast search will start and thenstop when the button is released.

10:08

Pagina 270

AUTOSTORE FUNCTION
To activate the AutoSTore function, keep the
FMAS button pressed until the acoustic confirmation signal. With this function, the radio automatically stores the 6 stations withthe strongest signal in a decreasing order on
the FMA frequency band.
During the automatic storing process,“Autostore” will appear flashing on the display.
To interrupt the Autostore function, press the
FMAS button again: the radio will again tune
into the station listened to before the activation of the function.
When the AutoSTore function is over, the radio automatically tunes into the first preselected station on the FMA band on the presetting 1 side.
The stations that have a strong signal at thatmoment are then automatically stored in thepreselected band in the buttons numbered
1 to 6.
When the AutoSTore function is activatedwithin the MW band, the FMA band is automatically selected and the function is performed.

Alfawiki.nl
270

IMPORTANT Sometimes the AutoSTore function does not manage to find 6 stations witha strong signal. In this case, the strongest
stations will be duplicated in the free preset buttons.
IMPORTANT When the AutoSTore function is
activated, the stations that were previously
stored on the FMA band are deleted.

9-01-2012

EMERGENCY ALARM
RECEPTION
The radio can receive emergency alerts in RDS
mode in exceptional circumstances where
dangerous situations are threatened (earthquakes, floods, etc.) if these are being transmitted by the broadcaster tuned into.
This function is activated automatically andcannot be turned off.
The word Alarm will be shown in the display
during the transmission of an emergency announcement. The volume of the radio willchange during this announcement in thesame way as during a traffic bulletin.

10:08

Pagina 271

EON FUNCTION(Enhanced Other Network)
In some countries, there are circuits thatgroup multiple broadcasters that transmit
traffic information together. In this case, theprogramme on the station that is being listened to will be temporarily interrupted to:❍ receive traffic information (only with the
TA function on);❍ listen to regional transmissions each timethey are transmitted by one of the broadcasters in the same circuit.

STEREOPHONIC
BROADCASTERS
If the incoming signal is weak, the reproduction is automatically switched from Stereo
to Mono.

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Alfawiki.nl
271

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 272

C D P L AY E R

SOUND SYSTEMINTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the variants regarding the operation of the CD player: as far
as the operation of the radio is concerned,
refer to the description in the “Functions andAdjustments” chapter.
SELECTING THE CD PLAYER
To activate the CD player built-into the equipment, proceed as follows:❍ load a CD with the device switched on:
the first track will start to play;or❍ if a CD has already been loaded, turn on
the car radio and then briefly press the
CD button to select the “CD” operating
mode: the last track listened to will start
to play.
It is advisable to use original CDs to ensure
optimum playback. If CD-R/RWs are used,
we recommend using good quality media
mastered at the slowest speed possible.

LOADING/EJECTING A CD
To load the CD, insert it gently into the slot
to activate the motorised loading system,
which will position it correctly.
The CD can be loaded with the radio
switched off and the ignition key in the MAR
position: in this case the radio will remain
off. When the car radio is turned on, the lastsource listened to prior to switching off will
be activated.
When a CD is loaded the display will show
“CD-IN” and the words “CD Reading”. They
will remain displayed for the entire time required for the car radio to read the CD tracks.
When this time has elapsed the radio willautomatically start to play the first track.

Alfawiki.nl
272

Press the ˚ button with the car adio on toactivate the motorised ejection of the CD.
After ejection, the last audio source listened
to before playing the CD will be heard.
If the CD is not removed from the car radio, it will automatically be reloaded about
20 seconds later and the Tuner mode will
be tuned into (Radio).
The CD cannot be ejected if the car radio is
off.
If the ejected CD is loaded without having
removed it completely from the slot, theradio will not switch to the CD source.

9-01-2012

Possible error messages
If the CD loaded cannot be read (e.g. a CD
ROM has been inserted or the CD is inserted the wrong way round or there is reading error) the display will show the words“CD Disc error”.
The CD will then be ejected and the audio
source activated prior to the CD mode selection will be heard.
With an external audio source activated (TA,ALARM or Phone), the CD that cannot beread will be not be ejected until these functions have ended. At the end, with the CDmode activated, the display will show thewords “CD Disc error” for a few seconds andthen the CD will be ejected.

10:08

Pagina 273

DISPLAY INFORMATION
When the CD player is working, the display
will show the following information:❍ “CD Track 5”: indicating the number of
the CD track;❍ “03:42”: indicating the time elapsed
since the start of the track (if the relevant Menu function is activated).
TRACK SELECTION(forward/back)Briefly press the  button to play the previous CD track and the  button to play thenext track. The tracks are selected cyclically: the first track is selected after the last
track and vice versa.
If the track has been playing for more than
3 seconds, pressing  will cause the track
to start again from the beginning. In thiscase, if you want to play the previous track,press the button twice consecutively.

TRACK FAST FORWARD/
REWIND
Keep the  button pressed down to fast forward the selected track and keep the  button pressed down to fast rewind the track.
The fast forward/rewind will stop once thebutton is released.
PAUSE FUNCTION
To pause the CD player, press the MUTE button. The words “CD Pause” will appear on
the display.
To resume listening to the track, press the
MUTE button again.
If another audio source is selected, the pause
function is turned off.

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

Alfawiki.nl
273

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 274

M P 3 C D P L AY E R

SOUND SYSTEMINTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the variants regarding the operation of the MP3 CD player: as
far as the operation of the radio is concerned, refer to the description in the “Functions and Adjustments” and “CD player”
chapters.
NOTE MPEG Layer-3 audio decoding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson multimedia.

MP3 MODEIn addition to playing normal audio CDs, thecar radio is also capable of playing CD-ROMs
on which MP3 format compressed audio files
are recorded. The radio functions as described in the “CD Player” chapter when an
ordinary audio CD is inserted.
The use of good quality media mastered at
the slowest possible speeds is recommended for optimum quality.
The files on the MP3 CD are in folders, withsequential lists of all the folders containing
MP3 tracks (folders and sub-folders are all displayed on the same level) and folders that do
not contain MP3 tracks cannot be selected.

Alfawiki.nl
274

The operating conditions and specifications
for playing MP3 files are as follows:❍ the CD-ROMs used must be mastered incompliance with the ISO9660 Standard;❍ the music files must have an “.mp3”
extension: files with a different extension cannot be played;❍ the following sampling frequencies canbe played: 44.1 kHz, stereo (96 to 320
kbit/s) - 22.05 kHz, mono or stereo(32 to 80 kbit/s);❍ tracks with variable bit-rates can also be
played.
IMPORTANT The names of tracks must notcontain the following characters: spaces, ‘(apostrophes), (and) (open and close brackets). When an MP3 CD is being burned
make sure that the file names do not contain these characters; otherwise, the car radio will not be able to play those tracks.

9-01-2012

SELECTING MP3 SESSIONS ONHYBRID DISCS
If a hybrid disc is inserted (Mixed Mode, Enhanced, CD-Extra) also containing MP3 files,
the radio automatically starts playing the audio session. It is possible to move to theMP3 session whilst playing by keeping the
MEDIA button pressed for more than 2 seconds.
IMPORTANT When the function is activated
the radio may take a few seconds to start
playback. Whilst checking the disc the display will show “CD READING”; if no MP3
files are detected, the radio will resume playing the audio session from the point where
it was interrupted.

10:08

Pagina 275

DISPLAY INFORMATION
ID3-tag information display
In addition to the information relating to thetime elapsed, the name of the folder and thename of the file, the car radio is also capable of display ID3-TAG information relating
to the Track title, Artist and Author.
The name of the MP3 folder shown on thedisplay corresponds to the name with which
the folder was stored on the CD, followedby an asterisk.
Example of a complete MP3 folder name:BEST OF *.
If you wish to display ID3-TAG information(Title, Artist, Album) and this information
has not been recorded for the track played,
the information will be replaced by information relating to the name of the file.

SELECT NEXT/PREVIOUS
FOLDER
Press  to select the next folder or  toselect the previous folder. The display willshow the number and the name of the folder (e.g. “DIR 2 XXXXXX”).
XXXXXX: name of the folder (the display
will only show the first 12 characters).
The folders are selected cyclically: the first
folder is selected after the last folder andvice versa.
If no other folder/track is selected during
the next 2 seconds, the first track containedin the new folder will be played.
If the last track on the folder currently selected is being played, the next folder will
be played.

SOUND SYSTEM

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

STRUCTURE OF THE FOLDERS
The car radio with MP3 player:❍ only recognises those folders that effectively contain MP3 format files❍ if the MP3 files on a CD-ROM are structured in “sub-folders”, their structure iscompressed to a single level structure
where the “sub-folders” are at the levelof the main folders.

Alfawiki.nl
275247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 276

AUX (only with Blue&Me™)(for versions/markets, where provided)

SOUND SYSTEMINTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the variants regarding the operation of the AUX source: as far
as the operation of the radio is concerned,
refer to the description in the “Functions andAdjustments” chapter.

AUX MODE
To activate the AUX source, press the MEDIA
button or the SRC steering wheel control several times till the corresponding source is displayed.
IMPORTANT NOTESThe functions of the device connected with
the AUX socket are directly managed by thedevice itself; it is not possible to change
track/folder/playlist with radio or steering
wheel controls.
Do not leave the cable of your portable player connected with the AUX socket after the
disconnection, to avoid possible hisses fromthe speakers.

Alfawiki.nl
276

NOTE The AUX socket is not incorporated
in the radio. For its position, refer to the
Blue&Me™ Supplement and its Quick
Guide.

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 277

TROUBLESHOOTINGCD PLAYER

MP3 FILE READING

GENERAL

The CD does not play
The CD is dirty. Clean the CD.
The CD is scratched. Try and use another CD.

Skips tracks whilst playing
MP3 files
The CD is scratched or dirty. Clean the CD,referring to the contents of the “CD” paragraph in the “Introduction” chapter.

Sound volume low
The Fader function should be adjusted to “F”(front) values to prevent the reduction of radio output power and the cancelling of thevolume if the Fader level adjustment is R+9.

The CD cannot be loaded
A CD is already loaded. Press ˚ and remove
the CD.

SOUND SYSTEM

Source cannot be selected
Nothing has been loaded. Load the CD or
MP3 CD to be played.

The duration of the MP3
tracks is not correctly
displayed
In some cases (due to the recording mode)the duration of the MP3 tracks may be displayed incorrectly.

Alfawiki.nl
277

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 278

ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEALING WITH THE CAR AT THE END
OF ITS LIFE
For years, Alfa Romeo has pursued a global commitment to protect and respect the environment by continually improving its
production processes and developing increasingly eco-compatible products. To ensure its customers the best possible service
in compliance with environment standards and in response to obligations arising out of European Directive 2000/53/EC on
end of life vehicles, Alfa Romeo offers its customers the chance to hand back their vehicles (*) at the end of their life cycle
at no additional cost.
The European Directive sets out that when the vehicle is handed over the last keeper or owner should not incur any expenses as a result of it having a zero or negative market value. In all European Union countries, until 1st January 2007, only
vehicles registered after 1st July 2002 were collected free of charge, while since 2007 collection has been free of charge irrespective of the year of registration as long as the vehicle contains its basic components (in particular, the engine and bodywork) and has no additional waste.
To hand back your car at the end of its life without additional cost, you may contact one of our dealers or one of the collection and demolition centres authorised by Alfa Romeo. These centres have been carefully chosen to offer high quality service
for the collection, treatment and recycling of unused vehicles with respect to the environment.
You can find further information on these collection and scrapping centres either from an Alfa Romeo Authorized Services orby calling the freephone number 00800 2532 0000 or on the Alfa Romeo website.
(*) Vehicle for transporting passengers with a maximum of nine seats and a total permitted weight of 3.5 t

Alfawiki.nl

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 279

Alfawiki.nl

247-280 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 280

Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia

The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.
This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advanced
international specifications. Its superior technical characteristics
allow Selenia to guarantee the highest performanceand protection of your engine.
The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:
SELENIA SPORT
Fully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs ofhigh performance engines.
Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stressconditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve
the utmost performance in total safety.

SELENIA StAR PURE ENERGY
Synthetic lubricant designed for petrol engines that needproducts with a low ash content. It maximises thecharacteristics of engines with high specific power,protects the parts mostly subjected to stress and helps
to keep modern catalysts clean.

SELENIA WR PURE ENERGY
Fully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of
the latest diesel engines.
Low ash content to protect the particulate filter from theresidual products of combustion. High Fuel Economy
System that allows considerable fuel saving.
It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure theprotection of increasingly high performance diesel
engines

SELENIA RACING
This lubricant has been developed as a result of Selenia’s
extensive experience in track and rally competitions,
it maximises engine performance in all kinds ofcompetition use.
The range also includes K Pure Energy, Selenia Digitech,
Selenia Multipower, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.
For further information on Selenia products visit the website www.selenia.com

Alfawiki.nl

Pagine_ITA.indd 4

18-05-2005 11:54:19

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 281

DASHBOARD
3

2

4

5

8

9

15 14 13

12

11

AC

AUT O

19.5 c22.0 C

A

20

7

6

19 18 17 16

4

2

1

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE VERSIONS

1

MONO

10

A0K0225m

1. Fixed vent for sending air to side windows - 2. Adjustable air vent - 3. Passenger front air bag - 4. Upper adjustable vents - 5. Hazard warning
lights - 6. Radio navigator display (for versions/markets, where provided) - 7. External light control stalk - 8. Instrument panel - 9. Windscreen
wiper/rear window wiper/trip computer stalk - 10. Headlight alignment corrector (for versions/markets, where provided) and Set Up Menu
access buttons - 11. Ignition device - 12. Driver's front air bag - 13. Cruise Control stalk (for versions/markets, where provided) - 14. Control
buttons: fog lights/rear fog light, Start&Stop system (for versions/markets, where provided), door locking/unlocking, AFS light on/off (forversions/markets, where provided) - 15. “Alfa DNA” system - 16. Gear lever - 17. Heating/ventilation/air conditioning controls - 18. Sound system (for versions/markets, where provided) - 19. Central adjustable Alfawiki.nl
air vents - 20. Glove compartment.

281

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 282

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE VERSIONSCONTROL PANEL AND INSTRUMENTS

A0K0004m

VERSIONS WITH MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
A
B
C
D
E

Speedometer
Multifunction display
Rev counter
Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light
Engine coolant temperature gauge with overheating warning lightm c Warning lights present on diesel versions only. On diesel versions, the end of scale for the rev counter is 6000 rpm
IMPORTANT The illumination of the instrument panel graphics may vary according to versions.

Alfawiki.nl
282

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 283

A0K0003m

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE VERSIONS

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

VERSIONS WITH RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
A
B
C
D
E

Speedometer
Reconfigurable multifunction display
Rev counter
Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light
Engine coolant temperature gauge with overheating warning lightm c Warning lights present on diesel versions only. On diesel versions, the end of scale for the rev counter is 6000 rpm
IMPORTANT The illumination of the instrument panel graphics may vary according to versions.

Alfawiki.nl
283

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 284

CHANGING A FUSEFUSEBOX ON DASHBOARD
Insert a hand in the seat A-fig. 1 and lower the flap B to access the fuses. The fuses are located in the fusebox shown in fig. 2.

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE VERSIONSNOTE For fuse protected devices refer to the description of “In an emergency” chapter.

Alfawiki.nl
284

fig. 1

A0K0246m

fig. 2

A0K0245m

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 285

CONTENTS
ABS ..................................... 109 Automatic dual zone
AFS (adaptive lights) ............... 86
Air bags– Front air bags .................... 146– Front passenger side airbag
deactivation ....................... 147– Side air bags ..................... 148
Air filter/pollen filter/diesel filter 214
Air vents ..........................

57-58

Alarm..................................... 47“Alfa DNA” system................... 113
Alfa Romeo CODE system.......... 40

Brakesclimate system ...................... 65– Brake Assist ...................... 112

Battery– handbrake ......................... 153– replacement ....................... 214– specifications ..................... 231– tips for extending battery life 214

Bulbs (replacement) ................ 174

Bodywork– bulb types ................... 175-176– bodywork codes.................. 227– general information ............ 174

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING– cleaning ........................... 221
Bodywork versions ................... 227

Capacities .............................. 127 IN AN

Bonnet .................................. 106– capacities table ............ 240-241

Boot ..................................... 101– fuel tank cap ..................... 128– boot volume ...................... 236

Car radio set-up ...................... 122– expanding the boot ............ 103

Car radio........................... 247-280

AQS (Air Quality System function) 70– securing your load .............. 105

Carrying children safely ............ 138

Arm rest

Boot light– “Isofix” child seat set-up ..... 143– front ................................. 88– bulb replacement ................ 183– child seats ......................... 139– rear .................................. 89

Brake Assist system.................. 112

CBC system ............................ 112

Ashtray ................................. 91

Brake lights

Ceiling lights

ASR system ............................ 111

Alfawiki.nl– bulb replacement................ 179– boot light .......................... 84

EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

285

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-201210:08– courtesy lights ................... 83– seats................................. 223

Dipped beam headlights– front ceiling light ................ 81– windows............................ 222– bulb replacement ................ 178– glove compartment light ...... 84 Climate control system ............. 57– puddle lights ..................... 84– air vents ..................... 57-58
Changing a wheel ................... 162
Climatic comfort ..................... 59
Changing bulbs
Clutch .................................... 230– exterior lights .................... 177
CO2 emissions......................... 245– interior lights ..................... 182
CODE card ............................. 41
Checking liquid– control............................... 74

levels ............. 208-209-210-211
IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Control buttons ....................... 23Child safety lock ..................... 96 Controls ................................. 85Child seat (compliance for use) .. 141
Courtesy lights ........................ 76
Child seat assembly“Universal model” ................ 139 Cruise Control ......................... 79
Cigar lighter ............................ 90
Cleaning and maintenance

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSPagina 286

D.R.L. (Daytime Running Lights) 74– bodywork ......................... 221 Dashboard ............................. 3– engine compartment ........... 222 Dimensions of the car .............. 236– interiors ............................ 223 Dipped beam headlights

CONTENTS

286

Direction indicators– bulb replacement........... 178-179– control............................... 75
Direction indicators– bulb replacement ................ 178– control............................... 75
Display– Multifunction display ........... 20– Reconfigurable multifunction
display ............................. 21
Door locks ............................. 86
Doors..................................... 95– child safety lock ................. 95– emergency rear door
locking device .................... 97– remote locking/unlocking ... 95– leather upholstery .............. 224– bulb replacement ................ 178

DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) ... 129– plastic parts........................ 223

Alfawiki.nl– control...............................
74

DST system............................. 112

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 287

Electric sunroof ...................... 92 Fire extinguisher ..................... 91– list of fuses ......... 191-192-193

Electric windows ..................... 98

Fix&Go Automatic device .......... 169– replacement ....................... 186

Electromechanical power
assisted steering ................... 121

Fluids and lubricants(specifications) ............... 242-243

Electronic Q2 (“E-Q2”) ............ 112

Fog lights

Engine– bulb replacement ................ 178– identification codes.............. 227– control............................... 85– marking ............................ 226– technical specifications .. 228-229
Engine codes .......................... 227
Engine compartment– checking fluid levels ............ 207– opening/closing the bonnet.. 107– washing ........................... 222“Follow me home” device......... 76
Front ceiling lights .............

81-82– bulb replacement ................ 182
Fuel– fuel cut-off system .............. 86– how to save fuel ................ 155

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

Gearbox use .......................... 154
Getting to know your car ..

3

SAFETY

Glove compartment light– bulb replacement ................ 184
GSI (Gear Shift Indicator) ......... 22

STARTING
AND DRIVINGAN
Hazard warning lights ............. 85 INEMERGENCY
Head restraint....................

53-54– “Anti Whiplash” device ....... 53
Headlight alignment corrector ... 108

Engine oil

Fuel cap ................................ 128– consumption ..................... 212

Fuel reserve ...................... 240-241– level check ........................ 208

Fuel supply ............................. 230– checking liquid
level .......... 208-209-210-211– specifications ..................... 242

Fuse replacement .................... 186– control............................... 220

Environment (protecting) ......... 129

Fuseboxes (location).. 188-189-190

Headlights

EOBD system .......................... 121

Fuses– alignment corrector ............. 109

External lights ........................ 74

Alfawiki.nl– fuseboxes ...........
188-189-190– bulb replacement ................ 177

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Headlight washers
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

287

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CARSAFETYSTARTING
AND DRIVING

9-01-2012

10:08

Headlights .............................. 108

Interiors (cleaning) .................. 222

Menu items ........................... 26– headlight alignment corrector 108“Isofix” child seat set-up .......... 143

Mirror courtesy lights ............... 83– light beam direction ............ 108
Heated rear window(activation) ....................

Jack...................................... 163
63-72

Hill Holder system.................... 110

Keys

How to save fuel .................... 155– changing remotecontrol battery ................... 44

Identification data
– chassis marking ................. 226

IN AN
EMERGENCY– engine marking ................. 226– identification data plate ....... 225– paintwork identification plate 226

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

Ignition switch ........................ 49288– bulb replacement ................ 184
MSR system ........................... 112

Number plate lights– bulb replacement ................ 181– key with remote control ....... 42– key without remote control ... 42

On board instruments ............. 4-5

Light clusters– engine coolant
temperature gauge .............

6– front light clusters(changing a bulb) .............. 177– fuel level indicator ..............

6– steering lock ...................... 49– rear light clusters(changing a bulb) .............. 179

In an emergency ................ 161

Load limiters .......................... 135

Installing electrical/electronic
devices ................................ 123

Lubricants (specifications) ... 242-243

Installing navigation system(set-up) ............................... 123
CONTENTS

Pagina 288– multifunction display ........... 20– reconfigurable multifunction
display ............................. 21– rev counter ........................

6– speedometer .....................

6

Main beam headlights– bulb replacement ................ 177

Parking lights (activation) ....... 74

Instrument panel and instruments 4-5– control............................... 75

Parking the car ....................... 153

Interior fittings......................... 87

ManualAlfawiki.nl
climate control system .. 60

Performance (top speeds) ........ 237

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

Pretensioners ......................... 135

10:08

Pagina 289

level .......... 208-209-210-211– seat belts .......................... 131

Protecting the environment ....... 129

Rear window wiper

SBR system ........................... 133

Puddle lights .......................... 84– blades .............................. 79

Scheduled .............................. 200– bulb replacement ................ 185– checking liquid
level .......... 208-209-210-211

Seat belts

Quick tyre repair kit -– control............................... 77“Fix&Go Automatic” ............. 169– nozzles ............................ 219
Rev counter ...........................

6

RAB system ........................... 112 Reverse lights– load limiters ...................... 135– pretensioners ..................... 135– SBR system........................ 133– bulb replacement ................ 180

Seats ..................................... 50

Right - hand drive versions 281– adjusting .....................

50-51

Rim protector ......................... 233– heating .......................

51-52

Roof bars (set-up) ................... 108

Sensors

Roof rack/ski rack .................. 107– automatic headlights(dusk sensor)..................... 74

Safe Lock device ..................... 45– parking ............................. 124

Safety ................................ 131– rain................................... 78– carrying children safely ........ 138

Servicing and maintenance 199– child safety lock ................. 96– demanding use of the car .... 206– “Isofix” child seat
Alfawiki.nl 143(assembly) .......................

– regular checks ................... 206– bulb replacement ................ 182
Rear fog lights– bulb replacement ................ 180– control............................... 85
Rear view mirrors ..............
Rear window washer– checking liquid

55-56

STARTING
AND DRIVING– using the seat belts ............ 131

Radio transmitters andmobile phones ...................... 124
Rear ceiling light ..................... 83

SAFETY– maintenance ..................... 137

Radio (wiring set-up) ............... 122

Raising the car ....................... 196

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

IN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCETECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS– scheduled servicing ............. 199

289

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR

9-01-201210:08– scheduled servicing plan ...... 200– right stalk .......................... 77 Tyres

Servicing schedule

Storage compartments .......

87-88– Fix&Go Automatic kit........... 169

Set-up menu .......................... 24

Storing the car ........................ 159– how to read tyre markings ... 232

Sun visors .............................. 91– inflation pressures ............... 235

Supplementary heater ............. 73– rim protector tyre ................ 233

Suspensions ........................... 231– snow tyres ........................ 158

Symbols ................................ 40– tyres fitted ........................ 234

Side bag ............................... 148
SAFETY

Side/taillights - dipped beam headlights– bulb replacement........... 177-179– control............................... 74

STARTING
AND DRIVINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE

Ski compartment .................... 89
Snow chains .......................... 159

Universal Isofix child seat ........ 143

Socket .................................. 90

Technical specifications ..... 225 Using the gearbox ................... 154

Spark plugs (type)................... 228

Third brake light

Speedometer .........................

– bulb replacement ................ 181 VDC system ........................... 110

6

Start&Stop system................... 116
Starting the engine ............ 151-161
Starting and driving ......... 151

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS290

Pagina 290

Steering ................................ 231

Top speeds.............................. 237 Warning lights on panel ..........

6

Towing the car ........................ 196 Weights............................ 238-239
Towing trailers ........................ 157 Welcome movement ............... 23

Steering lock .......................... 49

Transmission .......................... 230 Wheel rims ............................ 232

Steering wheel adjustment ........ 54

Trip Computer ......................... 36– dimensions ....................... 234

Steering wheel stalks– Trip Computer parameters .... 37– reading rim markings .......... 233– left stalk............................ 74– TRIPAlfawiki.nl
button ........................ 39– rim protector ..................... 233

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 291

Wheels and tyres .............. 216-232

GETTINGTO KNOWYOUR CAR– changing a wheel ............... 162– Fix&Go Automatic kit........... 169– spare wheel ...................... 234

SAFETY– tyre inflation pressures ........ 235
Window bag .......................... 148

STARTING
AND DRIVING

Windows (cleaning) ................ 221
Windscreen wipers– blades .............................. 217

IN AN
EMERGENCY– checking liquid
level .......... 208-209-210-211– control............................... 77

SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE– nozzles ............................ 219

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONSCONTENTS

Alfawiki.nl
291

281-292 Alfa Giulietta EN 1ed.qxd

9-01-2012

10:08

Pagina 292

PARTS&SERVICESTECHNICAL SERVICES - SERVICE ENGINEERING
Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 3 – 10040 Volvera – Torino (Italia)
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.
Print n. 60438454 – 1 Edition – 02/2012
All rights reserved. Reproduction, even partial, without written authorisationfrom Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. is prohibited

SERVICE

Alfawiki.nl

Cop Alfa Giulietta GB:Alfa 159 cop. LUM GB

11-01-2012

16:41

Pagina 2

WHY CHOOSINGGENUINE PARTS

We really know your car because we invented, designed and built it: we really know every single detail.
At Alfa Romeo Service authorised workshops you can find technicians directly trained by us,
offering quality and professionalism for all service operations.
Alfa Romeo workshops are always close to you for the regular servicing operations, season checks
and practical recommendations by our experts.
With Alfa Romeo Genuine Parts you keep the reliability, comfort and performance featuresof your new car unchanged in time: that's why you bought it for.
Always ask for Genuine Parts for the components used on our cars; we recommend them because
they come from our steady commitment in research and development of highly innovative technologies.
For all these reasons: rely on Genuine Parts, because they are the only ones
designed by Alfa Romeo for your car.

SAFETY:BRAKING SYSTEMENVIRONMENT: PARTICULATE FILTERS,
CLIMATE CONTROL MAINTENANCECOMFORT: SUSPENSION
AND WINDSCREEN WIPERSPERFORMANCE: SPARK PLUGS,INJECTORS AND BATTERIESLINEACCESSORIROOF RACK BARS, WHEEL RIMS

Alfawiki.nl

Cop Alfa Giulietta GB:Alfa 159 cop. LUM GB

11-01-2012

16:41

Pagina 1

ENGLISHOWNER HANDBOOK

Alfawiki.nl
Alfa Services